/raid1/www/Hosts/bankrupt/TCR_Public/211022.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Friday, October 22, 2021, Vol. 25, No. 294

                            Headlines

1121 PIER VILLAGE: Seek to Hire Obermayer as Litigation Counsel
286 RIDER AVE: Appointment of Chapter 11 Trustee Sought
317 NORTH CENTER: Taps Patten Peterman Bekkedahl & Green as Counsel
37 CALUMET STREET: Unsec. Creditors Will Get 1% Dividend in Plan
560 55 STREET: Case Summary & Unsecured Creditor

801 ASBURY AVENUE: Creditor Seeks Ch. 11 Trustee Appointment
96 WYTHE: Lender Seeks Appointment of Examiner
A.B.C. CARPET CO: Committee Taps Province as Financial Advisor
ACE GALLERY: Nov. 3 Auction Scheduled for Archival Gallery Posters
ADVANTAGE SOLUTIONS: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B+' on Refinancing Plan

AGAPE WORLD: Seeks to Hire C. Scott Kirk as Bankruptcy Counsel
ALLIANT HOLDINGS: Moody's Rates New $450MM Unsecured Notes 'Caa2'
AQUESTIVE THERAPEUTICS: Lenders Agree to Provide Bridge Waiver
ASM GLOBAL: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B-' ICR
AVANTOR FUNDING: Moody's Rates New $800MM Sr. Unsecured Notes 'B2'

BACK TO LIFE: Seeks to Tap Hazzouri Accounting & Tax as Accountant
BILL STARKS: Wins Cash Collateral Access on Final Basis
BL SANTA FE: Bishop's Lodge Cleared for Juniper Takeover
BLACK & GOLD: Seeks to Hire Calaiaro Valencik as Legal Counsel
BOLT DIESEL: Seeks to Hire The Lane Law Firm as Bankruptcy Counsel

BOY SCOUTS: Stevens, et al., Not Satisfied With Proposed Settlement
BRAINY APPS: Seeks to Hire Van Horn Law Group as Bankruptcy Counsel
BRAZOS ELECTRIC: Bankruptcy Court to Hear Storm Bills Challenge
BROSTER JD: Seeks to Hire Morgan & Morgan as Special Counsel
CALIFORNIA RESOURCES: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B+', Outlook Stable

CATAMOUNT OILFIELD: Bidding for Pipe Inventory Ends on Oct. 27
CHANNEL CLARITY: Has Cash Collateral Access Through Dec. 3
CNT HOLDINGS: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B' ICR
CONWAY COURT 1: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
CONWAY COURT 4: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary

DAVE & BUSTER'S: Moody's Hikes CFR to B2 & Sr. Secured Notes to B1
DIVERSIFIED FRANCHISE: Seeks to Hire Wilde & Associates as Counsel
EAST WEST AVL: Has Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Thru Nov 18
FLORIDA HOMESITE: Dec. 8 Hearing on Disclosure Statement
FR REFUEL: S&P Assigns 'B-' Rating, Outlook Stable

GATEWAY KENSINGTON: Examiner Taps Klestadt as Legal Counsel
GRAY TELEVISION: Fitch Affirms 'BB-' LT IDR, Outlook Stable
GRAY TELEVISION: S&P Assigns 'BB' Rating on New $1.5BB Term Loan
GREEN VALLEY: Cash Use Extension Thru Nov. 13 OK'd
GREENSILL CAPITAL: Creditors Say Plan Releases Too Broad

GREYSTONE SELECT: Fitch Affirms 'BB-' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
GRUPO AEROMEXICO: Nov. 10 Disclosure Statement Hearing Set
GULF COAST: Court Directs Appointment of Patient Care Ombudsman
HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT: Goldstein Sues Trustee & Tucker Ellis
HAWAIIAN HOLDINGS: Unit Amends Tender Offers

HIGHLAND CAPITAL: Trustee Accuses CEO Dondero of Siphoning Millions
HILMORE LLC: Reaches Settlement Agreement with Overseas Food
HIRECLUB.COM INC: Gets OK to Hire Belvedere Legal as Counsel
JEM HOMES: Seeks to Tap Rivera Law Firm as Legal Counsel
JILL ACQUISITION: Moody's Hikes CFR to Caa1, Outlook Remains Stable

KOSMOS ENERGY: Moody's Rates New $400MM Sr. Unsecured Notes 'B3'
LAMB WESTON: Moody's Rates New $835MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'Ba3'
LORNA JANE: Seeks to Tap Invenz Inc. as Restructuring Advisor
LORNA JANE: Seeks to Taps FSG Lawyers as Special Counsel
LORNA JANE: Taps Winthrop Golubow Hollander as Bankruptcy Counsel

LOUISIANA CRANE: Disclosures Hearing Continued to Oct. 26
LOVE BITES: May Use Up to $73,378 of Cash Collateral Thru Nov. 5
LRS HOLDINGS: $123MM Term Loan Add-on No Impact on Moody's B3 CFR
LSC FURNITURE: Seeks to Hire E. P. Bud Kirk as Legal Counsel
MAGELLAN HOME-GOODS: Gets OK to Tap Northstar Tax as Accountant

MASSOOD DANESH: Wins Cash Collateral Access Thru Nov 19
METROPOLITAN REAL ESTATE: Seeks 30-Day Cash Access Thru Nov. 15
METROPOLITAN REAL ESTATE: Taps McNamee Hosea as Bankruptcy Counsel
MIDWEST VETERINARY: Moody's Alters Outlook on B3 CFR to Negative
MOTUS GROUP: Fitch Assigns First Time 'B-' LT IDR, Outlook Stable

MOTUS GROUP: S&P Assigns 'B-' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable
NEW YORK BAKERY: Seeks to Hire Bond, Schoeneck & King as Counsel
NEW YORK BAKERY: Seeks to Tap Canty Consulting as Financial Advisor
NEW YORK CLASSIC: Court Extends Cash Access Thru Final Hearing
OLYMPUS POOLS: Asks Court OK to Use Cash, Reexamine Lien

OMAGINE INC: Taps BSA Al Rashdi as Litigation Counsel
OPTION CARE: Moody's Hikes CFR to B1, Outlook Stable
OPTION CARE: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B+' on Improved Credit Measures
PAR LIMITED: Seeks to Tap McNamee Hosea as Bankruptcy Counsel
PAR LTD PARTNERSHIP: Chapter 11 Filing Stops Foreclosure Sale

PCDM PROPERTIES: Claims Will be Paid from Rental Income
PEAK CUSTOM: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
PHUNWARE INC: Closes Acquisition of Lyte Technology
POLK AZ: Case Summary & 6 Unsecured Creditors
POLK AZ: Seeks to Hire Engelman Berger as Bankruptcy Counsel

PURDUE PHARMA: Asks Court OK to Pay Costs of Government Committees
QUANTUM VALVE: Jason Rae Appointed as Chapter 11 Trustee
REDWOOD EMPIRE: Taps Daniel McCoy of HVS Consulting as Appraiser
RELEVANT HOLDINGS: Resolves Objection to $300,000 DIP Financing
ROCKDALE MARCELLUS: Committee Taps Pachulski as Lead Counsel

ROCKDALE MARCELLUS: Committee Taps Riveron as Financial Advisor
ROCKDALE MARCELLUS: Committee Taps Whiteford as Local Counsel
ROMANS HOUSE: Trustee Taps Hossley & Embry as Special Counsel
ROSCOE GUITARS: Seeks Approval to Hire Blake Gecinger as Accountant
RUBY JUDE: Seeks to Hire Belmont Firm as Legal Counsel

RYBEK DEVELOPMENTS: Taps Robert Romanet as Real Estate Agent
SCRATCH SERVICE: Seeks to Hire Alla Kachan as Bankruptcy Counsel
SCRATCH SERVICE: Taps Wisdom Professional Services as Accountant
SCS HOLDINGS: S&P Places 'B' ICR on CreditWatch Positive
SILVER PLAZA: Wins Cash Collateral Access

SPICE MUST FLOW: May Use PS Funding & Pantheon Cash Collateral
STONEYS KINGFISHERS: Seeks to Tap McNamee Hosea as Legal Counsel
SUNDANCE ENERGY: Searches for Buyer After Bankruptcy Exit, Oil Rose
SWEET BRIAR COLLEGE: S&P Raises 2006 Rev. Refunding Bond to 'BB'
TERRA MANAGEMENT: Seeks to Hire Brownstein as Bankruptcy Counsel

THE HAYWORTH: Maltz to Hold Public Auction on Jan. 10, 2022
TOP NOTCH HEALTHCARE: Seeks to Hire The Lane Law Firm as Counsel
TRANSMONTAIGNE OPERATING: S&P Assigns 'B+' ICR on Debt Issuance
TYNDALL PARKWAY: Taps Adjusters International as Insurance Adjuster
U.S. TOBACCO: Hits Stubbs & Perdue Over Solicitation Letters

US ECOLOGY: S&P Affirms 'BB-' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Neg.
VERDANT HOLDINGS: Seeks Approval to Hire Gift CPAs as Accountant
W&T OFFSHORE: Hurricane Ida Impacted Q3 Production
[*] Bankruptcy Lawyers Foresee Rise in Bankruptcy Filings in 2022
[*] Sen. Warren Floats Creditors' Expanded Powers vs. PEs

[*] SVPGlobal Expands Special Situations Investments Team
[] Judge David Campbell to Receive American Inns of Court Award
[] Stretto's Sarah Frankel Bags ABI 2021 40 Under 40 Award
[^] BOOK REVIEW: Saga of America's Most Powerful Real Estate Baron

                            *********

1121 PIER VILLAGE: Seek to Hire Obermayer as Litigation Counsel
---------------------------------------------------------------
1121 Pier Village, LLC and its affiliates seek approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania to
employ Obermayer Rebmann Maxwell & Hippel, LLP as special
litigation counsel.

The Debtors need the legal assistance of Obermayer in a litigation
styled 1121 Pier Village LLC et al. v. Sharestates Intercap Line
LLC et al., Adversary No. 21-44-elf.

The hourly rates of Obermayer's attorneys and staff are as
follows:

     Attorneys $400 - $650
     Paralegals        $90

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursements for expenses
incurred.

Edmond George, Esq., an attorney at Obermayer Rebmann Maxwell &
Hippel, disclosed in a court filing that his firm is a
"disinterested person" as that term is defined in Section 101(14)
of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Edmond M. George, Esq.
     Obermayer Rebmann Maxwell & Hippell LLP
     Centre Square West
     1500 Market Street, Suite 3400
     Philadelphia, PA 19102
     Telephone: (215) 665-3140
     Email: edmond.george@obermayer.com
   
                      About 1121 Pier Village

Philadelphia, Pa.-based 1121 Pier Village, LLC and its affiliates
sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.
E.D. Pa. Lead Case No. 21-11466) on May 23, 2021. Alex Halim,
operating manager, signed the petitions. At the time of the filing,
1121 Pier Village disclosed between $10 million and $50 million in
both assets and liabilities.  

Judge Eric L. Frank oversees the cases.  

The Debtors tapped Bielli & Klauder, LLC as legal counsel;
Obermayer Rebmann Maxwell & Hippell LLP as special counsel;
Asterion, Inc. as accountant and financial advisor; and Keen-Summit
Capital Partners, LLC as real estate advisor.


286 RIDER AVE: Appointment of Chapter 11 Trustee Sought
-------------------------------------------------------
286 Rider Ave Development LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Southern District of New York to direct the appointment of a
Chapter 11 Trustee for the Debtor, 286 Rider Ave Acquisition, LLC.
The Debtor, being an affiliate of Be-Aviv 286 Rider LLC, cannot
independently exercise its duties as a debtor-in-possession
fiduciary for all stakeholders warranting the appointment of a
disinterested Chapter 11 trustee, Jason A. Nagi, Esq. at Offit
Kurman, P.A., counsel for Development LLC asserts.

Mr. Nagi alleges the Debtor's bankruptcy was filed to frustrate
legitimate state court proceedings brought by the Debtor's former
principals Toby Moskovits and Michael Lichtenstein against Be-Aviv
286 Rider LLC, which is also the Debtor's Lender, for its wrongful
acts in a blatant attempt by the Lender to obtain tactical leverage
over the principals.

The bankruptcy estate's primary asset was purchased by the Debtor
through a loan from the Lender.  Following an asserted event of
default under the loan, the Lender purported to exercise control
over the equity interests in the Debtor:

   * first, by registering membership interests in the Debtor in
the Lender's name;

   * second, by appointing its affiliate, 286 Rider Ave Lender LLC,
as managing member of the Debtor; and

   * third, retaining Lee Buchwald as manager/agent of the Debtor
with authority to file the Debtor's bankruptcy case.

Assuming the Lender's assertions it has exercised its power to vote
the Debtor's equity in authorizing the filing, the Debtor is not an
independent fiduciary but an affiliate of the Lender through its
managing member, 286 Rider Ave Lender LLC, Mr. Nagi points out.
Mr. Nagi also relates that the Debtor's primary unsecured creditors
supported Development LLC's Motion to Dismiss the Debtor's case,
filed August 5, 2021.  This demonstrates that the key stakeholders
lack confidence in, and are concerned about, the independence and
disinterestedness of the Debtor and its ability to advance a plan
that will promote the interests of all stakeholders, not solely the
interests of the Lender. The Motion, however, was denied by the
Court.

Development LLC on October 15, 2021, sought to terminate the
Debtor's exclusive periods (as to Development LLC only) in order to
allow it to file its own Plan and Disclosure Statement in the
Debtor's case.  This Proposed Plan would be funded through a loan
to Development LLC to pay all allowed administrative and priority
claims, with any net funds payable pro rata to holders of allowed
general unsecured claims, Mr. Nagi says.

Given the continued acrimony between the Lender and Development LLC
and the Debtor's equity holders, Mr. Nagi asserts cause exists and
that it is in the best interest of the estate and its stakeholders
for the Court to direct the appointment of an independent,
disinterested Chapter 11 trustee to promote a consensual resolution
of the bankruptcy case based on Development LLC's proposed Plan.

A copy of the motion is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3nbLJky from PacerMonitor.com.

The Court will consider the motion at a telephonic hearing on
November 16, 2021 at 10 a.m. (ET).  Objections, if any, are due by
4 p.m. (ET) on Nov. 1.

Attorneys for 286 Rider Ave Development LLC, party in interest:

   Jason A. Nagi, Esq.
   Offit Kurman, P.A.
   590 Madison Avenue, 6th Floor
   New York, NY 10022
   Telephone: (212) 545-1900
   Email: Jason.nagi@offitkurman.com

         - and -

   Joyce A. Kuhns, Esq.
   Offit Kurman, P.A.
   300 East Lombard Street, Ste. 2010
   Baltimore, MD 21202
   Telephone: (410) 209-6463
   Email: Jkuhns@offitkurman.com

                  About 286 Rider Ave Acquisition

286 Rider Ave Acquisition, LLC filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr.
S.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-11298) on July 15, 2021.  At the time of the
filing, the Debtor had between $1 million and $10 million in both
assets and liabilities. Lee E. Buchwald, manager, signed the
petition.  Judge Lisa G. Beckerman oversees the case.  Fred B.
Ringel, Esq., at Robinson Brog Leinwand Greene Genovese & Gluck,
P.C., serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


317 NORTH CENTER: Taps Patten Peterman Bekkedahl & Green as Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------------
317 North Center Avenue Building LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Montana to employ Patten,
Peterman, Bekkedahl, & Green, PLLC as its legal counsel.

The services to be rendered include general counseling and local
representation before the bankruptcy court in connection with the
Debtor's Chapter 11 case.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff are as follows:

     James A. Patten, Esq.              $375
     Molly S. Considine, Esq.           $250
     Other Attorneys             $175 - $350
     Diane S. Kephart, Paralegal        $160
     April J. Boucher, Paralegal        $135
     Phyllis Dahl, Paralegal            $135
     Leanne Beatty, Paralegal           $120
     Tiffany Bell, Paralegal            $120

Molly Considine, Esq., a member of Patten, Peterman, Bekkedahl, &
Green, disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a
"disinterested person" as that term is defined in Section 101(14)
of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     James A. Patten, Esq.
     Molly S. Considine, Esq.
     Patten, Peterman, Bekkedahl & Green, PLLC
     2817 2nd Avenue North, Ste. 300
     P.O. Box 1239
     Billings, MT 59103-1239
     Telephone: (406) 252-8500
     Facsimile: (406) 294-9500
     Email: apatten@ppbglaw.com
            mconsidine@ppbglaw.com

              About 317 North Center Avenue Building

317 North Center Avenue Building, LLC filed a petition for Chapter
11 protection (Bankr. D. Mont. Case No. 21-10118) on Oct. 18, 2021,
listing as much as $500,000 in both assets and liabilities. Patten,
Peterman, Bekkedahl & Green, PLLC serves as the Debtor's legal
counsel.


37 CALUMET STREET: Unsec. Creditors Will Get 1% Dividend in Plan
----------------------------------------------------------------
37 Calumet Street, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Massachusetts a Plan of Reorganization and
Disclosure Statement dated October 18, 2021.

The Debtor owns the Real Estate in fee simple. The Debtor's manager
Patricia Hounsell and her family have owned the Real Estate for
over 100 years. The value of the Real Estate is estimated at
$1,845,000.00 based upon the City of Boston tax assessment.

On or about May 29, 2015, Ms. Hounsell gave Endeavor a short term
second mortgage to pay off Charlestown loan and for construction on
the Real Estate in the amount of $520,000. Upon information and
belief, Ms. Hounsell defaulted on the Endeavor loan and it soon
after matured. In lieu of foreclosure, Endeavor explained to Ms.
Hounsell that it would need to be in first position and as such
would offer a refinance that required payment of the Fremont first
mortgage. As a result, Ms. Hounsell felt compelled to accept this
option.

Endeavor required that she transfer the Real Estate from her name
into a single member LLC on June 9, 2017. On June 12, 2017, the
Debtor gave Endeavor another short term loan secured by a first
mortgage in the amount of $1,226,000. The mortgage matured and
foreclosure was pursued. This case was filed a day or two prior to
the scheduled foreclosure.

The Plan will treat claims as follows:

     * Class I consists of the secured claim asserted by the Lender
against the Real Estate. The Claim in Class I will be impaired. The
note to the Class I creditor was dated May 7, 2019 in the amount of
$1,600,000.00 and matured on May 7, 2020. The Note to the Lender
will be rewritten with an interest rate of 5%, equal monthly
payments of $3,000.00 with a balloon payment due on January 30,
2024.

     * Class II consists of the judicial lien claim of Anchor
Insulation Co. Inc. The Class II claim will be impaired and will
retain its judicial lien on the Real Estate until the balloon
payment to the Class I creditor is paid in January of 2024.

     * Class III consists of the unsecured claims asserted against
the Debtor. The Class III unsecured creditors will be impaired and
paid a dividend of 1% upon confirmation.

     * Class IV consists of the membership interest owned by
Patricia Hounsell in the Debtor. Patricia Hounsell will retain her
100% membership interest in the Debtor and will not be impaired.

The Debtor will retain the Real Estate and will pay the obligations
due under this Plan from the present and future rental income.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated October 18,
2021, is available at https://bit.ly/2Xz7B0i from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Debtor's Counsel:

     Gary W. Cruickshank, Esq.
     21 Custom House Street
     Suite 920
     Boston, MA 02110
     Tel: (617) 330-1960
     E-mail: gwc@cruickshank-law.com

                   About 37 Calumet Street

37 Calumet Street LLC filed a voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Mass. Case No.
20-12253) on Nov. 19, 2020. The petition was signed by Patricia
Hounsell, its manager.  At the time of filing, the Debtor disclosed
$1 million to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Frank J. Bailey oversees the case.

Gary W. Cruickshank, Esq., serves as the Debtor's counsel.


560 55 STREET: Case Summary & Unsecured Creditor
------------------------------------------------
Debtor: 560 55 Street, LLC
        1500 Q. Blancke Street
        Linden, NJ 07036

Business Description: 560 55 Street, LLC is a Single Asset Real
                      Estate debtor (as defined in 11 U.S.C.
                      Section 101(51B)).

Chapter 11 Petition Date: October 21, 2021

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of New Jersey

Case No.: 21-18200

Debtor's Counsel: David L. Stevens, Esq.
                  SCURA, WIGFIELD, HEYER, STEVENS & CAMMAROTA, LLP
                  1599 Hamburg Turnpike
                  Wayne, NJ 07470
                  Tel: 973-696-8391
                  Email: ecfbkfilings@scuramealey.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Mendel Deutsch as member.

The Debtor listed the State of New Jersey Division of Taxation as
its sole unsecured creditor holding an unknown amount of claim.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/6WRVHDY/560_55_Street_LLC__njbke-21-18200__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


801 ASBURY AVENUE: Creditor Seeks Ch. 11 Trustee Appointment
------------------------------------------------------------
801 Asbury Associates, L.P asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of New Jersey to appoint a Chapter 11 Trustee for 801
Asbury Avenue, LLC, or convert its case to one under Chapter 7.

Associates is the prior owner of the office building and
surrounding parking lots owned by the Debtor.  As part of the sale,
the Debtor gave Associates a secured promissory note and a personal
guarantee for a seller financing loan that Associates provided the
Debtor in connection with Debtor's purchase of the Property.  The
Debtor immediately defaulted on the loan by missing the first two
payments required by the Note and Guarantee.

In June 2019, Associates sued the Debtor; the Debtor's sole member
and loan guarantor, James McCallion; and several other entities
owned by McCallion in state court for fraud, among other things.
In February 2020, the parties reached a settlement, pursuant to
which the state court, in May 2020, issued a judgment of $1,214,900
on the Note and the Guarantee against the Defendants.

When McCallion filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy, Associates filed a
proof of claim in that case for the $1,214,900 judgment amount, and
later commenced an adversary proceeding seeking a determination as
to the dischargeability of its claim based on, among other things,
false representations, or actual fraud under Section 523(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code.  The parties subsequently entered into mediation
and reached a settlement, resulting in a $650,000 claim of the
Creditor against the Defendants, secured by the judgment lien
against the Defendants and all of their assets.  Following the sale
of the Property on January 29, 2021, a credit of $23,225 was
applied to the judgment lien, reducing the Creditor's claim to
$626,775.

Associates alleges McCallion has mismanaged the Debtor's primary
asset to the point where its value may be substantially decreased,
saying that McCallion performed flawed remodeling and construction
work of the Property, allowing the Building to fall into
disrepair.

Associates also discloses McCallion's renovations on the second
floor led to a breach in the Building's fire tower resulting to the
fire tower no longer being a fire-resistant escape path for the
Building's occupants.  If a fire marshal revokes the Building's
certificate of occupancy, the value of the Debtor's primary asset
will plummet. Not only will the Debtor lose the rental income of
the tenants, who will no longer be able to occupy the building, the
Debtor may not even be able to sell the Building until it can
complete remediation of the fire tower.  

In addition to not protecting the value of the Debtor's primary
asset, McCallion, according to Associates, has demonstrated a lack
of transparency and has failed to disclose the Debtor's full
income, charging fees for use of the Parking Lot for non-permitted
uses, in violation of local zoning ordinances, yet not disclosing
the income derived from these parking fees.  The cash income does
not appear on the Debtor's schedules, thereby misleading the Court
and creditors about the Debtor's true financial situation,
Associates says.  Moreover, the bank statements attached to the
Debtor's monthly operating reports shows comingling of assets
between the Debtor and McCallion and showed several charges that
appear to be for personal expenses.

The totality of the circumstances in this case shows the need for a
Chapter 11 trustee or conversion of the case to Chapter 7,
Associates tells the Court.

A copy of the Memorandum of Law is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3aZiI5T from PacerMonitor.com.

The Court will consider the Motion on November 23, 2021 at 10 a.m.

Attorneys for 801 Asbury Associates, L.P., creditor:

   Carrie J. Boyle, Esq.
   Boyle & Valenti Law, P.C.
   1940 Route 70 East, Suite 4
   Cherry Hill, NJ 08003
   Telephone: (856) 499-3335 phone
   Facsimile: (856) 499-3304 fax
   Email: cboyle@b-vlaw.com

                      About 801 Asbury Avenue

801 Asbury Avenue, LLC is a New Jersey limited liability
corporation which owns and operates commercial real property in
Ocean City.

801 Asbury Avenue, LLC along with affiliate 176 Route 50, LLC
sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. N.J. Case No. 21-14401 and 21-14402) on May 26, 2021. In
the petition signed by James McCallion, sole member, 801 Asbury
disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Andrew B. Altenburg, Jr. oversees the jointly administered
cases.

David B. Smith, Esq., at Smith Kane Holman, LLC is the Debtors'
counsel.



96 WYTHE: Lender Seeks Appointment of Examiner
----------------------------------------------
Benefit Street Partners Realty Operating Partnership, L.P., asks
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York to
direct the appointment of an examiner for 96 Wythe Acquisition
LLC.

Adam C. Rogoff, Esq., at Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP, the
Lender's counsel, says the Debtor's recently proposed plan of
reorganization provides for, among other things, blanket releases
from all estate and creditor claims against the insiders and their
affiliates under a so-called settlement, which, according to
Rogoff, was negotiated without input from any unconflicted
fiduciary.  In exchange, the Debtor's controlling insiders, Toby
Moskovits and Michael Lichtenstein, will return diverted funds and
make a small additional equity contribution to retain the equity in
the Debtor, while purporting to pay creditor claims over three to
six years.  The Debtor grants these blanket releases even though no
independent fiduciary has investigated such claims, much less
concluded that the amount the insiders purport to contribute
approximates the value of the equity they will receive together
with the value of the claims against them that are being released,
Rogoff said.

Rogoff alleges the Debtor and The Williamsburg Hotel BK LLC as
Hotel Manager -- in representations signed by Ms. Moskovits and Mr.
Lichtenstein -- defrauded the Lender in the making of its loan and
assigning a material contract underpinning the plan.  There are
also other large, unexplained gaps in the Debtor's finances that
may also lead to potential claims (including payments to affiliates
postpetition that were not properly disclosed).

Moreover, the Lender discovered that David Goldwasser, the Debtor's
chief restructuring officer, was a managing member of FIA Heritage
Holdings, LLC, one of the Debtor's largest unsecured creditors with
an unsecured claim of $3,085,773.  There can be no dispute that
multiple conflicts of interest exist and that the insider-sponsored
plan would release all potential claims without any independent
review or oversight, Rogoff avers.  He points out the need for an
examiner -- an independent fiduciary -- to conduct a proper
investigation is clear in the face of such plan releases, and an
investigation by a neutral fiduciary would protect the rights of
all creditors.

A copy of the motion is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3n66Y72 from PacerMonitor.com.

Counsel for Benefit Street Partners Realty Operating Partnership,
L.P., lender:

   Adam C. Rogoff, Esq.
   P. Bradley O'Neill, Esq.
   Priya K. Baranpuria, Esq.
   Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
   1177 Avenue of the Americas
   New York, NY 10036
   Telephone: (212) 715-9100
   Facsimile: (212) 715-8000
   Email: arogoff@kramerlevin.com
          boneill@kramerlevin.com
          pbaranpuria@kramerlevin.com

                  About 96 Wythe Acquisition LLC

96 Wythe Acquisition LLC is a privately held company whose
principal property is located at 96 Wythe Ave, Brooklyn, NY 11249.
96 Wythe Acquisition sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. N.Y. Case No. 1-22108) on February 23,
2021. In the petition signed by David Goldwasser, chief
restructuring officer, the Debtor disclosed $0 in assets and
$79,990,206 in liabilities.

Judge Robert D. Drain oversees the case.

Backenroth Frankel & Krinsky, LLP, led by Mark Frankel, is the
Debtor's counsel.

Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP serves as counsel for Lender,
Benefit Street Partners Realty Operating Partnership, L.P.



A.B.C. CARPET CO: Committee Taps Province as Financial Advisor
--------------------------------------------------------------
The official committee of unsecured creditors of A.B.C. Carpet Co.,
Inc. and its affiliates seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of New York to employ Province, LLC
as its financial advisor.

The firm's services include:

   a. analyzing the Debtors' cash collateral budget, assets and
liabilities, and overall financial condition;

   b. reviewing financial and operational information furnished by
the Debtors to the committee;

   c. analyzing the Debtors' proposed retention of professionals
and reporting to the committee as necessary;

   d. analyzing the Debtors' proposed business plan and developing
alternative scenarios, if necessary;

   e. assessing the Debtors' various pleadings and proposed
treatment of unsecured creditor claims therefrom;

   f. preparing, or reviewing as applicable, avoidance action and
claim analyses;

   g. assisting the committee in reviewing the Debtors' financial
reports, including, but not limited to, statements of financial
affairs, bankruptcy schedules, cash budgets, and monthly operating
reports;

   h. advising the committee on the current state of the Debtors'
Chapter 11 cases;

   i. advising the committee in negotiations with the Debtors and
third parties;

   j. if necessary, participating as a witness in hearings before
the bankruptcy court; and

   k. other activities approved by the committee and its legal
counsel and agreed to by the firm.

The firm's hourly rates are as follows:

     Managing Directors/Principals     $740 to $1,050 per hour
     Vice Presidents/Directors         $520 to $740 per hour
     Analysts/Associates               $250 to $520 per hour
     Paraprofessionals                 $185 to $225 per hour

Province will also receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred.

Sanjuro Kietlinski, a partner at Province, disclosed in a court
filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term is
defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Sanjuro Kietlinski
     Province, LLC
     2360 Corporate Circle, Suite 330
     Henderson, NV 89074
     Tel: (702) 685-5555
     Email: skietlinski@provincefirm.com

                   About A.B.C. Carpet Co. Inc.

New York-based A.B.C. Carpet Co., Inc. owns and operates ABC Carpet
& Home, an iconic lifestyle brand and home furnishing retailer with
stores in Manhattan and Brooklyn.

A.B.C. Carpet Co. and its affiliates filed their voluntary
petitions for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No.
21-11591) on Sept. 8 2021, listing up to $50 million in assets and
up to $100 million in liabilities.  Aaron Rose, chief executive
officer, signed the petitions.

Judge David S. Jones oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Greenberg Traurig, LLP as legal counsel and B.
Riley Securities, Inc. as investment banker and financial advisor.
Stretto is the claims, noticing and administrative agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 2 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors in the Debtors' bankruptcy cases on Sept. 22,
2021.  Seward & Kissel, LLP and Province, LLC serve as the
committee's legal counsel and financial advisor, respectively.


ACE GALLERY: Nov. 3 Auction Scheduled for Archival Gallery Posters
------------------------------------------------------------------
On Nov. 3, ThreeSixty Asset Advisors will auction thousands of
archival exhibition posters of Ace Gallery, dating back to the
1960's. After years of bankruptcy reorganization efforts, the famed
Ace Gallery is in the final phases of an operational wind down.  As
part of this process, decades of owned original art and archival
gallery posters are headed to auction.

Ace Gallery first opened its doors in Los Angeles in 1967, and was
responsible for organizing early solo shows for such artists as
Andy Warhol, Sam Francis and Robert Rauschenberg. Despite the
numerous legal entanglements of the gallery's former owner, Douglas
Chrismas, Ace has managed to remain relevant for decades, helping
support and launch careers for such artists as Mary Corse, Michael
Heizer and Tim Hawkinson.

The November 3 auction, the first in a series, will feature signed
and unsigned vintage offset lithograph posters from such artists as
Warhol, Rauschenberg and Francis, as well as many other artists
spanning 50 years including Carl Andre, Roy Lichtenstein, Charles
Fine, The Date Farmers and Dennis Hopper to name a few.

According to ThreeSixty President, Jeff Tanenbaum, "This sale has
been quite an undertaking as we've discovered treasure troves of
collectible signed posters ideal for collectors, as well as
thousands of quality posters other galleries and resellers can
purchase for years of profitable resale."

Interested bidders can find the auction details and links to the
bidding catalog at 360Bid.sale. The auction is now open for
pre-bidding and items will close in sequential order -- live
auction style -- starting at 11:30a PT on Nov. 3. The posters can
be picked from the gallery's Los Angeles area warehouse, or buyers
can make arrangements with 3rd party shippers. For more
information, interested parties can go to the website or contact
ThreeSixty Asset Advisors at 1-888-345-SOLD, extension 110.

                   About Art and Architecture

Art and Architecture Books of the 21st Century, d/b/a Ace Gallery,
filed for a voluntary Chapter 11 petition on Feb. 19, 2013, in the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California, Case
No. 13-14135.  The petition was signed by Douglas Chrismas,
president.  Judge Robert Kwan presides over the case.  Joseph A.
Eisenberg, Esq., at Jeffer Mangels Butler & Mitchell LLP, serves as
counsel.  The Debtor reported $1 million to $10 million in assets
and $10 million to $50 million in debts.



ADVANTAGE SOLUTIONS: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B+' on Refinancing Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its issuer credit rating on Advantage
Solutions Inc. to 'B+' from 'B' and assigned its 'BB-' issue credit
rating to the $1.3 billion first-lien term loan facility maturing
in 2027. At the same time, S&P raised its issue-level rating on the
$775 million senior secured notes due 2028 to 'BB-' from 'B'. The
recovery rating on the term loan and notes is '2', indicating that
creditors could expect substantial (70% to 90%; rounded estimate:
70%) recovery in the event of a payment default, compared to '3' on
the existing senior secured debt.

S&P also withdrew its 'B' issuer credit rating on Advantage Sales &
Marketing Inc. (ASM) and expect to withdraw its 'B' rating on the
existing first lien term loan following its repayment.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation that
Advantage will be able to stand up its workforce without
significant disruption or profit degradation while maintaining S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted leverage between 4x and 4.5x.

"We expect Advantage's satisfactory financial performance to
continue over the next year given still elevated demand for its
sales services and rebounding demand for its demo-focused marketing
services. Advantage has fared well over the past year, with
trailing 12-month S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage
strengthening to 4.2x from about 5x pro forma for last year's
merger with special-purpose acquisition company (SPAC) Conyers Park
II Acquisition Corp. In-store consumer spending remains high, and
we believe consumer product clients are likely to continue high
usage of Advantage's sales segment services, which is geared toward
increasing distribution of their products while optimizing how they
are displayed, priced, and promoted. We expect robust sequential
growth in the lower margin, demo-focused marketing services
segment--though sales are likely to still be down 30% in 2021
compared to 2019, with full recovery assumed by 2023, subject to
pandemic developments."

Advantage recently raised its company-defined adjusted EBITDA
outlook for 2021 to $520 million to $530 million, compared to $515
million previously, and signaled the potential for continued
progress toward 3x company-defined net debt to EBITDA by the end of
2022, compared to 3.9x as of June 30, 2021. S&P said, "Our forecast
is less optimistic in part because of difficulties recruiting and
maintaining employees, which could weigh on profitability, and
uncertainty around supply chain bottlenecks. Nevertheless, our base
case forecast assumes adjusted leverage will remain near current
levels over the next year."

S&P said, "We believe there is low probability for a re-leveraging
event above 5x. Notwithstanding its approximately 75% ownership by
a group of private equity firms, publicly-traded companies tend to
exercise less aggressive financial policies than issuers that are
privately held by financial sponsors. We assume the company will
continue its bolt-on focused acquisition model whereby it directs
most of its roughly $250 million annual free operating cash flow
(FOCF) toward purchasing multiple modest-size rivals (increasingly
with digital and omnichannel capabilities) as opposed to large
scale transactions, such as the Daymon Worldwide acquisition in
2017. Such transactions should strengthen Advantage's suite of
technology offerings."

Risks for the next year include standing up the labor force, high
inflation, lingering pandemic risks, and supply chain bottlenecks.
S&P believes the company has built costs pertaining to growing and
maintaining the labor force into its EBITDA outlook. It is
nevertheless possible that profitability could at least temporarily
weaken below this level due to a greater lag in the cost
pass-through to customers, or if labor shortfalls (including
insufficient staff to fully service customers) lead to
inefficiencies. Moreover, consumer product firms could reduce
spending on the company's services to protect profits if they
cannot pass through continually increasing inflation to consumers.
Center-of-store packaged food companies did just this several years
back when their products were falling out of favor before the
pandemic. This is not S&P's base case scenario however, since it
assumes consumer product firms will be able to pass through most of
the inflation because consumers are beginning to expect it and
because cutting back on sales and marketing execution could hurt
revenues. Also, an undisclosed portion of Advantage's revenues are
commission-based, so inflation will positively affect the
commission payment.

S&P said, "We believe pandemic risk has subsided somewhat since the
summer, though still is a risk factor that could lead to reduced
demand for the demo business. Moreover, supply chain bottlenecks
could lead to operational inefficiencies.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that demand for
Advantage's services will remain healthy as people continue to shop
off premise, and consumer product firms gradually return to product
demonstrations and sampling to market their products. We also
assume Advantage will be able to stand up its workforce without
significant disruption or profit degradation while maintaining
adjusted leverage between 4x and 4.5x."

S&P could lower the rating if adjusted leverage is sustained at or
above 5x, which could occur if profit weakens meaningfully,
potentially due to:

-- An inability to attract and retain staff at sufficient levels
to adequately serve its customers while passing along or otherwise
offsetting most labor cost inflation.

-- A decline in usage of outsourced sales and marketing agencies
by consumer product firms, possibly to save money in the face of
significantly higher input costs, or to improved perceived
execution inefficiencies.

-- Significant supply chain disruptions that lead to reduced
demand for the demonstration and sampling business.

-- A loss of multiple customers due to intensifying competition,
possibly in an environment where center of store demand weakens
considerably.

S&P could also lower the rating if financial policy becomes more
aggressive, most likely due to greater-than-expected acquisition
activity or significant share buybacks.

While unlikely over the next 12 months, S&P could raise the rating
if:

-- S&P adopts a more favorable view of the business risk. This
could occur if it becomes more certain that consumer product firms
will continue to use the company's services to execute their sales
and marketing plans, particularly under a scenario where people
increasingly return to pre-pandemic shopping behaviors and reduce
off premise purchasing; or

-- S&P believes the financial sponsors will relinquish control
over the medium term and there is a commitment to sustain S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted leverage below 4x.



AGAPE WORLD: Seeks to Hire C. Scott Kirk as Bankruptcy Counsel
--------------------------------------------------------------
Agape World, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Eastern District of North Carolina to employ C. Scott Kirk,
Attorney at Law, PLLC to serve as legal counsel in its Chapter 11
case.

The firm's services include:

     a. preparing all necessary pleadings, reports, plan of
reorganization, disclosure statement and other documents necessary
for the Debtor's  reorganization; and

     b. performing all other necessary legal services in connection
with the Debtor's reorganization including, but are not limited to,
court appearances, settlement conferences, mediation, legal
research, reorganization strategies, and direction and general
strategy.

The firm's services will be provided mainly by C. Scott Kirk, Esq.,
who will be paid at the rate of $300 per hour.  Paralegal services
will be billed at the rate of $100 per hour.    

The Debtor deposited the sum of $6,700 with the firm.

Mr. Kirk disclosed in court filings that he and his firm neither
represent nor hold any adverse interest to the Debtor and its
bankruptcy estate.

The firm can be reached through:

     C. Scott Kirk, Esq.
     C. Scott Kirk, Attorney at Law, PLLC
     1025C Director Court
     Greenville, NC 27858
     Phone: (252) 689-6249
     Email: scott@csklawoffice.com

                         About Agape World

Agape World, Inc. filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. E.D. N.C. Case No. 21-02306) on Oct. 15, 2021, listing as
much as $500,000 in both assets and liabilities.  Judge David M.
Warren oversees the case.  C. Scott Kirk, Attorney at Law, PLLC
serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


ALLIANT HOLDINGS: Moody's Rates New $450MM Unsecured Notes 'Caa2'
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service has assigned a Caa2 rating to $450
million of eight-year senior unsecured notes being issued by
Alliant Holdings Intermediate, LLC, a subsidiary of Alliant
Holdings, L.P. (together will its subsidiaries, Alliant). The
company is also issuing an incremental $475 million of senior
secured notes (rated B2) due in October 2027. Alliant will use
proceeds from this offering, together with proceeds of a previously
announced offering, plus new and rollover common equity and cash on
hand to repurchase equity, make acquisitions, and pay related fees
and expenses. The rating outlook for Alliant is unchanged at
stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Alliant's ratings reflect its leading position in several niche
markets, steady organic revenue growth and strong operating
margins, said Moody's. Alliant's emphasis on specialty programs,
where the broker offers distinct value to both insurance buyers and
insurance carriers, has been a successful strategy. Alliant has
built its specialty and middle market insurance business by
expanding through a mix of organic growth, lateral hires (seasoned
producers, mostly with specialty books of business) and
acquisitions. The company has reported strong revenue growth,
healthy EBITDA margins, and good free-cash-flow-to-debt metrics.

These strengths are offset by Alliant's high financial leverage,
including the pending increase in borrowings to help fund the
partial equity recapitalization, although Moody's expects the
company to reduce its leverage relatively quickly following the
transaction. Other credit challenges include contingent/legal risk
related to lateral hires, integration risk related to acquisitions,
and potential liabilities from errors and omissions, a risk
inherent in professional services. Alliant's pro forma capital
structure includes $600 million of preferred equity that could be
subject to refinancing via debt in the future.

Alliant's operating performance has improved over the past year,
with revenue of $1.1 billion through the first half of 2021, up 36%
versus the same period in 2020, reflecting strong organic revenue
growth, the acquisition of Confie, which closed during the second
quarter of 2021, and various tuck-in acquisitions. The company has
also controlled its expenses effectively and expanded its EBITDA
margin over this period.

Giving effect to the partial recapitalization, Alliant will have
pro forma debt-to-EBITDA of around 8x, (EBITDA - capex) interest
coverage of about 2x, and free-cash-flow-to-debt in the mid-single
digits, according to Moody's estimates. These pro forma metrics
reflect Moody's accounting adjustments for operating leases,
contingent earnout obligations, certain non-recurring and unusual
items, and run-rate EBITDA from acquisitions. The rating agency
views Alliant's leverage as aggressive for its rating category but
expects the company to reduce leverage over the next several
quarters consistent with past practices.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

Factors that could lead to an upgrade of Alliant's ratings include:
(i) debt-to-EBITDA ratio consistently below 7x, (ii) (EBITDA -
capex) coverage of interest consistently exceeding 2x, and (iii)
free-cash-flow-to-debt ratio exceeding 5%.

Factors that could lead to a rating downgrade include: (i)
debt-to-EBITDA ratio above 8x, (ii) (EBITDA - capex) coverage of
interest below 1.2x, or (iii) free-cash-flow-to-debt ratio below
2%.

Moody's has assigned the following rating:

$450 million of eight year guaranteed senior unsecured notes at
Caa2 (LGD5).

Alliant Holdings Co-Issuer, Inc. is a co-issuer of the senior
secured and unsecured notes.

The rating outlook for Alliant is unchanged at stable.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Insurance Brokers
and Service Companies published in June 2018.

Alliant, based in Newport Beach, California, is a specialty
oriented insurance broker providing property & casualty and
employee benefits products and services to middle-market clients
across the US. The company generated revenue of $1.1 billion
through the first six months of 2021.


AQUESTIVE THERAPEUTICS: Lenders Agree to Provide Bridge Waiver
--------------------------------------------------------------
Aquestive Therapeutics, Inc., a pharmaceutical company focused on
developing and commercializing differentiated products that address
patients' unmet needs and solve therapeutic problems, on Oct. 6
disclosed that it has reached an agreement with its lenders
providing for a bridge waiver of the first principal payment due
under its 12.5% Senior Secured Notes (the "Notes") in order to
provide sufficient time for the parties to execute a definitive
agreement to extend the time when the first principal payment is
due under the Notes to March 30, 2023.

Pursuant to the proposed amendment of the Notes, the amortization
schedule under the Notes would be amended to provide for the date
of the first principal payment to be made on March 30, 2023, while
maintaining the current maturity date and interest payment
obligations under the Notes (the "Definitive Agreement"). In
consideration of this extension, upon the execution of the intended
Definitive Agreement, Aquestive will agree to pay to the holders of
the Notes an aggregate payment of $2.7 million payable in four
equal quarterly installments beginning on March 30, 2022. The
bridge waiver provided by the lenders resulted in the deferral of
the first principal payment due under the Notes and expires upon
the occurrence of the earlier to occur of the execution of the
intended Definitive Agreement and December 31, 2021 or such later
date consented to by the holders of the Notes.

Keith Kendall, Chief Executive Officer of Aquestive, stated, "We
appreciate and value the continued constructive support received
from our lenders, as further evidenced by their prior agreement to
extend until June 30, 2022 at the Company's option to access
additional debt of $30 million under the Credit Facility upon FDA
approval of our product candidate Libervant(TM) (diazepam) Buccal
Film for U.S. market access. We believe the bridge waiver and
proposed amendment terms agreed to by our lenders demonstrate the
confidence of our stakeholders in our investment strategy and
performance to date. We expect that the Definitive Agreement will
be executed in the next few days. This amendment of our Credit
Facility, our access to the additional $30 million of debt under
the Credit Facility, strong operating results and appropriate ATM
access will continue to provide the capital to meet our immediate
needs including the potential launch of Libervant, if approved by
the FDA for U.S. market access. We continue to believe that
Libervant, our non-invasive and innovative PharmFilm(R) product
candidate for refractory epilepsy, is well positioned to improve
the quality of life for patients suffering from this disease with
this first of its kind treatment option."

                         About Libervant

Libervant(TM) is a buccally, or inside of the cheek, administered
soluble film formulation of diazepam, a benzodiazepine intended for
rapid treatment of acute uncontrolled seizures in selected,
refractory patients with epilepsy on stable regimens of AEDs who
require intermittent use of diazepam to control bouts of increased
seizure activity. Aquestive is developing Libervant as an
alternative to Diastat (diazepam rectal gel), the current standard
of care rescue therapy for patients with refractory epilepsy which,
as a rectal gel, is invasive, inconvenient, and difficult to
administer. As a result, a large portion of the patient population
does not receive adequate treatment or foregoes treatment
altogether. The Company believes that Libervant will enable a
larger share of these patients to receive more appropriate
treatment by providing consistent therapeutic dosing in a
non-invasive and innovative treatment form for epileptic seizures.
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has accepted for filing
the resubmission of the New Drug Application (NDA) for Libervant
and assigned a Prescription Drug User Fee Act ("PDUFA") target goal
date of December 23, 2021. Based upon the Agency's guidance, the
submission included additional statistical modeling and supporting
analyses of the existing clinical data. The Company continues to
believe that no additional clinical studies will be required for
FDA approval of Libervant for U.S. market access.

                   About Aquestive Therapeutics

Aquestive Therapeutics (NASDAQ: AQST) is a pharmaceutical company
that applies innovative technology to solve therapeutic problems
and improve medicines for patients. The Company has commercialized
one internally-developed proprietary product to date, Sympazan(R)
(clobazam) oral film, has a commercial proprietary product pipeline
focused on the treatment of diseases of the central nervous system,
or CNS, and other unmet needs, and is developing orally
administered complex molecules to provide alternatives to
invasively administered standard of care therapies. The Company
also collaborates with other pharmaceutical companies to bring new
molecules to market using proprietary, best-in-class technologies,
like PharmFilm(R), and has proven capabilities for drug development
and commercialization.


ASM GLOBAL: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B-' ICR
----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook on Los Angeles-based
venue-management company ASM Global Parent Inc. to stable from
negative and affirmed all ratings, including its 'B-' issuer credit
rating and 'B' issue level rating on the company's first lien
credit facility.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation that ASM
will experience a recovery in its live events business and reduce
leverage to the 7x-7.5x area. Additionally, our outlook
incorporates our belief that ASM has moderated cash burn following
the second quarter and our expectation that ASM will generate
modest levels of free operating cash flow in 2022.

"Our outlook revision to stable from negative for ASM Global
reflects the expectation that ASM is poised for a recovery in its
business over the next 12 months."

ASM is poised for a recovery in event activity, attendance,
revenue, and EBITDA, primarily for leisure-related events held in
its arenas, stadiums, and theaters (AST) beginning in the second
half of 2021 and continuing into 2022 as the global vaccination
effort progresses and restrictions on public gatherings and live
events are mostly lifted. S&P said, "We expect a recovery in
leisure-related events to precede and outpace a recovery in
corporate events and conferences over the next 12-24 months, with
many companies continuing to use a hybrid work approach through
most of 2021 and the level of recovery in live in-person conference
events globally still somewhat uncertain. Since the start of the
pandemic, a portion of events have been cancelled, however a
majority of events have been postponed or rescheduled. As a result,
we expect ASM to hold more leisure-related AST events in 2022 than
in 2019, benefiting from the backlog of postponed events.
Additionally, we believe there is significant pent-up demand for
live entertainment, which will drive a strong recovery in
attendance, despite lingering consumer apprehensions regarding
large gatherings."

Recovery, particularly in leisure-related AST events, will help the
company grow its revenues and EBITDA, and moderate leverage which
S&P expects will remain at elevated levels in 2022.

S&P said, "We expect ASM to generate revenue in 2022 that is 5%-10%
below 2019 levels pro forma for the AEG-SMG merger, despite the
company's convention center business experiencing depressed
revenues of about half of pre-pandemic levels, and the company
generating less of the high-margin managed contract incentive fees
as volumes recover. Nevertheless, we expect EBITDA margins to
improve over the course of 2022 with overall S&P Global Ratings
adjusted EBITDA margins for the year in the mid-20% area, which is
line with margins achieved prior to the pandemic, benefiting
somewhat from cost initiatives put in place during the pandemic. We
expect ASM's leverage will remain very high in 2021 because of the
significant disruption experienced in the first half of the year
although its S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage will moderate,
albeit still remain high in the 7x-7.5x area in 2022, supported by
a recovery in leisure travel for the full year.

"ASM's business exhibited greater volatility than our expectations
over the last 18 months and the pandemic could continue to risk
future volatility."

ASM exhibited significant volatility in its earnings over the last
18 months due to operating disruptions from the pandemic and
government-mandated shutdowns, which was a contrast from its prior
history of stable profitability. While the pandemic was an extreme
and rare event, it could continue to pose future risks and earnings
volatility for ASM, albeit we expect at a smaller scale than that
experienced in 2020 and the first half of 2021. S&P has revised its
view of ASM's business risk to fair from satisfactory to reflect
the potential for higher earnings volatility.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation that ASM
will reduce leverage to the 7x-7.5x area in 2022 following a
recovery in the number of events held and the quality of attendance
per event. The outlook also incorporates our expectation that ASM
will begin to generate positive free operating cash flow in 2022.

"We could raise the rating on ASM if the recovery in the company's
live events improves or is sustained in such a way that we become
confident that the company will maintain S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage of less than 7.5x, incorporating an
expectation of some economic and business volatility.

"We could lower the rating on ASM if we suspect the live events
business will be unable to recover in 2022 and leverage is
sustained above 8.5x or if we believe its capital structure is
unsustainable. Additionally, we could lower the rating if we
believe ASM will burn cash as a result of renewed disruption to its
business and liquidity is insufficient to address business needs
and near-term debt maturities."



AVANTOR FUNDING: Moody's Rates New $800MM Sr. Unsecured Notes 'B2'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B2 rating to Avantor Funding,
Inc. proposed senior unsecured notes for $800 million. There are no
changes to Avantor's existing ratings including the Ba3 Corporate
Family Rating, Ba3-PD Probability of Default Rating, Ba1 senior
secured rating, B2 senior unsecured rating, and SGL-1 Speculative
Grade Liquidity rating. The outlook remains stable.

Proceeds of the offering together with a recent $900 million term
loan add-on will be primarily used to finance the acquisition of
Masterflex a manufacturer of peristatic instruments and single-uses
fluid transfer technologies for bioproduction for $2.9 billion.
While the acquisition will increase leverage, the recent issuance
of roughly $1 billion of new Avantor equity will help limit the
increase in leverage. Furthermore, Avantor's enjoys a track record
of strong operating performance, including improved profitability
and ample cash flow generation. As a result, Moody's expect Avantor
to delever such that net debt/EBITDA will decline below 4 times by
the end of 2022.

Ratings assigned:

Issuer: Avantor Funding, Inc.

Senior Unsecured Notes due 2029, Assigned B2 (LGD5)

RATINGS RATIONALE

Avantor's Ba3 CFR is supported by the company's track record of
delivering good revenue and earnings growth. It also reflects
moderate financial leverage with adjusted debt/EBITDA of 4.4 times
as of June 30, 2021. The rating is supported by the steady and
largely recurring nature of around 85% of revenue, as well as high
customer switching costs associated with the ultra-high purity
materials business. It also reflects good scale with revenues of
approximately $7.0 billion and good customer, geographic, and
product diversification. Moody's expects Avantor will generate
strong free cash flow over the next 12-18 months. Moody's expects
leverage will rise to around 4.9 times by the end of 2021, pro
forma for the closed acquisition of Ritter for roughly $1 billion
and the pending Masterflex acquisition.

Near term, the COVID-19 pandemic has presented opportunities to
Avantor; the company has been involved in the production of both
COVID-19 therapies and vaccines but also benefitted from increased
demand for PPE and Diagnostic testing. Moody's expect this tailwind
to continue in 2022, but it is likely to be temporary. Meanwhile,
Avantor has also invested to meet growing demand in its
bioproduction offering. This is supported by a moderate increase in
capex geared towards strengthening Avantor's position as a key
supplier for the biopharma industry.

The Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating of SGL-1 reflects Moody's
expectation that Avantor's liquidity will remain very good over the
next 12 to 18 months. Avantor's liquidity is supported by $223
million of cash as of June 30, 2021. Moody's estimates that Avantor
will generate at least $800 million of free cash flow over the next
12 months, aided by working capital management and lower interest
expense. External liquidity is supported by a $515 million senior
secured revolving credit facility expiring in July 2025.
Furthermore, the company has an accounts receivable securitization
facility (unrated) that provides for borrowings of up to $300
million, which expires in March 2023.

The stable outlook reflects Avantor's good track record of earnings
growth and free cash flow generation. The stable outlook further
reflects that pro forma for the Masterflex acquisition, Moody's
expects pro forma adjusted debt to EBITDA to decline to below 5
times within 12-18 months of the close.

Avantor faces some degree of environmental risk due to the handling
of, manufacturing, use or sale of substances that are or could be
classified as toxic or hazardous materials. From a governance
standpoint, Avantor has adopted more conservative financial
policies since its 2019 IPO, including a publicly stated
debt/EBITDA target range of 2.0 - 4.0 times. However, Avantor is
willing to temporarily increase its leverage over its target range
to fulfill its external growth strategy. In 2021, the company has
announced two large acquisitions for close to $4 billion. Leverage
as calculated by the company is in the mid four times range on a
pro-forma basis however the company has stated it will prioritize
deleverage such that leverage will be below 4 times by the end of
2022.

Regarding social risk, Avantor is exposed to both positive and
negative social considerations. Moody's regards the coronavirus
pandemic as a social risk under its ESG framework given the
substantial implications for public health and safety. The pandemic
has reduced demand for some of Avantor's products due to the
temporary closure of some research facilities and lower demand from
healthcare and industrial customers. However, the company has been
involved in the production of COVID-19 therapies and vaccines and
benefitted from increased demand for PPE and diagnostic testing,
which has supported earnings growth in 2021.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

The ratings could be upgraded if Avantor further improves its scale
and business line diversity while maintaining balanced financial
policies. Specifically, debt to EBITDA sustained below 3.5 times
would support an upgrade.

The ratings could be downgraded if Avantor's operating performance
deteriorates, or if it engages in large debt-funded acquisitions. A
downgrade could also occur if debt to EBITDA is sustained above 5.0
times. The Ba1 senior secured rating is weakly positioned and
further increases in secured debt without commensurate increases in
junior capital could pressure the secured instrument rating.

Avantor is a global provider of mission critical products and
services to the life sciences and advanced technologies & applied
materials industries. Headquartered in Pennsylvania, the company
generates revenue of approximately $7.0 billion annually.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Distribution &
Supply Chain Services Industry published in June 2018.


BACK TO LIFE: Seeks to Tap Hazzouri Accounting & Tax as Accountant
------------------------------------------------------------------
Back to Life Properties, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Michigan to employ
Hazzouri Accounting & Tax, Inc. as its accountant.

Hazzouri will assist the Debtor in assessing its current and future
financial situation and in preparing tax returns, projections and
monthly reports.

Hazzouri requires an initial retainer of $1,000.

The hourly rates of Hazzouri's professionals are as follows:

     Certified public accountant $175
     Accountant                  $100
     Bookkeeper                   $50

Khaled Hazzouri, CPA, shareholder and president of Hazzouri
Accounting & Tax, disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a
"disinterested person" as that term is defined in Section 101(14)
of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Khaled A. Hazzouri, CPA
     Hazzouri Accounting & Tax, Inc.
     2200 N. Canton Center Rd., Suite 170
     Canton, MI 48187
     Telephone: (734) 844-1614
     Facsimile: (734) 667-5661
     Email: kh@hazcpa.com

                   About Back to Life Properties

Back to Life Properties, Inc. filed a petition for Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. E.D. Mich. Case No. 21-46901) on Aug. 24, 2021,
listing as much as $500,000 in both assets and liabilities. Kenneth
Loggins, president, signed the petition. Judge Thomas J. Tucker
oversees the case. The Debtor tapped Frank & Frank, PLLC as legal
counsel and Hazzouri Accounting & Tax, Inc. as accountant.


BILL STARKS: Wins Cash Collateral Access on Final Basis
-------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas,
Abilene Division, has authorized Bill Starks Construction Co., Inc.
to continue using Cash Collateral in accordance with the First
Order and August 2021 budget on a final basis.

The Court says the order is without prejudice to the rights of
First National Bank and Trust Company of Weatherford, which asserts
an interest in the Debtor's cash collateral, or the Debtor as to
any further order regarding the use of Cash Collateral.

A copy of the order is available at https://bit.ly/3AZ11O8 from
PacerMonitor.com.

             About Bill Starks Construction Co., Inc.

Bill Starks Construction Co., Inc. operates in the utility system
construction industry. It sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 21-10081) on June
9, 2021. In the petition signed by William Starks, president, the
Debtor disclosed up  to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge Robert L. Jones oversees the case.

Weldon L. Moore, III, Esq., at Sussman and Moore, LLP is the
Debtor's counsel.

First National Bank and Trust Company of Weatherford, as lender, is
represented by:

     Thomas W. Choate, Esq.
     Choate Law Firm, PLLC
     P.O. Box 206
     Abilene TX 79604
     Tel: (325) 672-5070
     E-mail: tomchoate@choatelawoffice.com



BL SANTA FE: Bishop's Lodge Cleared for Juniper Takeover
--------------------------------------------------------
Becky Yerak of The Wall Street Journal reports that the Bishop's
Lodge hotel in Santa Fe, N.M., won approval to hand itself over to
Juniper Investment Advisors LLC, defeating a minority investor who
argued the luxury property didn't do enough to market itself.

Judge Mary Walrath of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in Wilmington,
Del., approved the resort's bankruptcy plan, allowing a Juniper
affiliate to assume 100% control in return for more than $30
million in debt forgiveness.

                      About BL Santa Fe

BL Santa Fe, LLC, and BL Santa Fe (MEZZ), LLC own and operate a
luxury resort known as Bishop's Lodge located at 1297 Bishops Lodge
Road, Santa Fe, New Mexico 87506, approximately three miles north
of historic Downtown Santa Fe.

The Debtors filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case
No. 21-11190) on August 30, 2021.  The Hon. Mary F. Walrath
oversees the case.  

In the petition signed by Michael Norvet as authorized person, the
Debtor disclosed $50 million to $100 million in assets and
liabilities. Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP represents the
Debtors as counsel. Stretto serves as the Debtors' claims and
noticing agent.


BLACK & GOLD: Seeks to Hire Calaiaro Valencik as Legal Counsel
--------------------------------------------------------------
Black & Gold Beer Warehouse, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania to employ
Calaiaro Valencik as its legal counsel.

The firm will render these legal services:

     (a) prepare the bankruptcy petition and attend at the first
meeting of creditors;

     (b) represent the Debtor in relation to the acceptance or
rejection of executory contracts;

     (c) advise the Debtor regarding possible preference,
fraudulent transfer, or other Chapter 5 actions;

     (d) advise the Debtor with regard to its rights and
obligations during the Chapter 11 reorganization;

     (e) represent the Debtor to any motions or contested matters
that may be filed;

     (f) prepare the plan of reorganization and disclosure
statement;

     (g) prepare any objections to claims; and

     (h) otherwise, represent the Debtor in general.

The hourly rates of principal attorneys and paralegals designated
to represent the Debtor are as follows:

     Donald R. Calaiaro   $395
     David Z. Valencik    $350
     Mark B. Peduto       $300
     Andrew K. Pratt      $300
     Paralegal            $100

The Debtor and Calaiaro Valencik agreed to a general retainer of
$7,502 in addition to the filing fee of $1,738.

Donald Calaiaro, Esq., an attorney at Calaiaro Valencik, disclosed
in a court filing that the firm and its members do not represent
interest adverse to the Debtor's estate.

The firm can be reached through:

     Donald R. Calaiaro, Esq.
     Calaiaro Valencik
     938 Penn Avenue, Suite 501
     Pittsburgh, PA 15222-3708
     Telephone: (412) 232-0930
     Email: dcalaiaro@c-vlaw.com

                 About Black & Gold Beer Warehouse

Black & Gold Beer Warehouse, LLC filed its voluntary petition for
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. W.D. Pa. Case No. 21-22261) on Oct.
15, 2021, listing up to $50,000 in assets and up to $1 million in
liabilities. Calaiaro Valencik serves as the Debtor's counsel.


BOLT DIESEL: Seeks to Hire The Lane Law Firm as Bankruptcy Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------------
Bolt Diesel Services Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Texas to hire The Lane Law Firm,
PLLC to serve as legal counsel in its Chapter 11 case.

The firm's services include:

     (a) assisting the Debtor in the administration of its
bankruptcy case;

     (b) assisting the Debtor in analyzing its assets and
liabilities, investigating the extent and validity of lien and
claims, and participating in and reviewing any proposed asset sales
or dispositions;

     (c) attending meetings and negotiating with representatives of
secured creditors;

     (d) assisting the Debtor in the preparation, analysis, and
negotiation of any plan of reorganization and disclosure
statement;

     (e) taking all necessary action to protect and preserve the
interests of the Debtor;

     (f) appearing, as appropriate, before the bankruptcy court,
the appellate courts and other courts in which matters may be
heard; and

     (g) performing all other necessary legal services.

The firm's hourly rates are as follows:

     Robert C. Lane, Esq.          $525 per hour
     Senior Associates             $425 per hour
     Associate Attorneys           $350 - $400 per hour
     Paralegals/Legal Assistants   $125 - $175 per hour

Lane Law Firm received payments from the Debtor in the total amount
of $21,250.

Robert Lane, Esq., the firm's attorney who will be providing the
services, disclosed in a court filing that he is a "disinterested
person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Robert C. Lane, Esq.   
     The Lane Law Firm, PLLC
     6200 Savoy, Suite 1150
     Houston, Texas 77036
     Tel: (713) 595-8200
     Fax: (713) 595-8201
     Email: notifications@lanelaw.com

                  About Bolt Diesel Services Inc.

Bolt Diesel Services Inc. sought protection for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Texas Case No.
21-70150) on Oct. 8, 2021, listing up to $50,000 in assets and up
to $500,000 in liabilities.  Judge Tony M. Davis presides over the
case.  Robert Chamless Lane, Esq., at The Lane Law Firm, PLLC
serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


BOY SCOUTS: Stevens, et al., Not Satisfied With Proposed Settlement
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Jay Bir of Kark.com reports that as part of the Boy Scouts of
America Chapter 11 bankruptcy filing, the organization is offering
a $1.8 billion settlement to the roughly 82,000 claims that have
been filed against them for sexual abuse.

William Stevens was a Boy Scout in the 70s and 80s and alleges he
suffered sexual abuse while part of the Scouts. He feels they
should be hit harder.

"The sum that the Boy Scouts are proposing is a fraction of what
they should pay.  It lets them and other off the hook for billions
in damages for all the abuse and cover-up they've allowed to
happen," Stevens said.

Josh Gillispie is representing Stevens and several others in this
case and said the 1.8 billion number would be fine if that was
everything.

"If that were all the money that was available that would be one
thing but it's not and that's the problem here," Gillsipie
explained.

The Council responsible for the Central Arkansas area is the Quapaw
Area Council.  It is contributing $4.6 million to that $1.8 billion
figure.  That represents about a third of their unrestricted
assets. Gillispie says normally in bankruptcy cases those filing
are not talking about those types of assets.

Gillispie said he wants all of those at the very least for victims
in this case.

"Every dime of its unrestricted assets. Let them have enough to
keep the lights on and the doors open," Gillispie said.

                About Boy Scouts of America

The Boy Scouts of America -- https://www.scouting.org/ -- is a
federally chartered non-profit corporation under title 36 of the
United States Code. Founded in 1910 and chartered by an act of
Congress in 1916, the BSA's mission is to train youth in
responsible citizenship, character development, and self-reliance
through participation in a wide range of outdoor activities,
educational programs, and, at older age levels, career-oriented
programs in partnership with community organizations. Its national
headquarters is located in Irving, Texas.

The Boy Scouts of America and affiliate Delaware BSA, LLC, sought
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 20-10343) on
Feb. 18, 2020, to deal with sexual abuse claims.

Boy Scouts of America was estimated to have $1 billion to $10
billion in assets and at least $500 million in liabilities as of
the bankruptcy filing.

The Debtors have tapped Sidley Austin LLP as their bankruptcy
counsel, Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP as Delaware counsel,
and Alvarez & Marsal North America, LLC as financial advisor. Omni
Agent Solutions is the claims agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 appointed a tort claimants' committee
and an unsecured creditors' committee on March 5, 2020. The tort
claimants' committee is represented by Pachulski Stang Ziehl &
Jones, LLP, while the unsecured creditors' committee is represented
by Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel, LLP.


BRAINY APPS: Seeks to Hire Van Horn Law Group as Bankruptcy Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Brainy Apps, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Southern District of Florida to hire Van Horn Law Group, P.A.
to serve as legal counsel in its Chapter 11 case.

The firm's services include:

     (a) advising the Debtor regarding its powers and duties and
the continued management of its business operations;

     (b) advising the Debtor regarding its responsibilities in
complying with the U.S. trustee's operating guidelines and
reporting requirements and with the rules of the court;

     (c) preparing legal documents;

     (d) protecting the Debtor's interest in all matters pending
before the bankruptcy court; and

     (e) representing the Debtor in negotiation with its creditors
in the preparation of a Chapter 11 plan.

The firm's hourly rates range from $150 to $450 for law clerks,
paralegals and attorneys. The normal rate charged by Chad Van Horn,
Esq., a partner at Van Horn Law Group, is $450 per hour but the
attorney has agreed to lower it to $350 per hour.

The firm received a retainer in the amount of $5,000, plus $1,738
for the filing fee cost.

In addition, Van Horn Law Group will seek reimbursement for
expenses incurred.  

Mr. Van Horn disclosed in a court filing that his firm is a
"disinterested person" as that term is defined in Section 101(14)
of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Chad T. Van Horn, Esq.
     Van Horn Law Group, PA
     330 N. Andrews Ave., Suite 450
     Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301
     Telephone: (954) 765-3166
     Email: Chad@cvhlwgroup.com

                       About Brainy Apps LLC

Brainy Apps, LLC sought protection for relief under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 21-19692) on Oct. 7,
2021, listing up to $50,000 in assets and up to $500,000 in
liabilities.  Judge Laurel M. Isicoff presides over the case. Chad
Van Horn, Esq., at Van Horn Law Group, P.A. represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.


BRAZOS ELECTRIC: Bankruptcy Court to Hear Storm Bills Challenge
---------------------------------------------------------------
Soma Biswas of The Wall Street Journal reports that a bankruptcy
judge agreed to take up a challenge by Brazos Electric Power
Cooperative Inc. seeking to reduce the nearly $1.9 billion it was
billed by Texas' power-grid operator during a freak winter storm in
February, sweeping aside opposition by state power regulators.

Judge David Jones of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in Houston said he
would consider the dispute, which pits the largest power
cooperative in the state against the grid operator, the Electric
Reliability Council of Texas, or Ercot.

              About Brazos Electric Power Cooperative

Brazos Electric Power Cooperative Inc. is a 3,994-megawatt
transmission and generation cooperative which members' service
territory covers 68 counties from the Texas Panhandle to Houston.
It was organized in 1941 and the first cooperative formed in the
Lone Star state with the primary intent of generating and supplying
electrical power.  At present, Brazos Electric is the largest
generation and transmission cooperative in the state and is the
wholesale power supplier for its 16 member-owner distribution
cooperatives and one municipal system.

Before the severe cold weather that blanketed Texas with
sub-freezing temperatures February 2021, Brazos Electric was in all
respects a financially robust, stable company with a strong "A" to
"A+" credit rating.  But Brazos Electric Power Cooperative ended up
in Chapter 11 bankruptcy in Texas after racking up an estimated
$2.1 billion in charges from Electric Reliability Council of Texas
(ERCOT) over seven days of the freeze.  

Brazos Electric filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 21-30725)
on March 1, 2021.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed
assets of between $1 billion and $10 billion and liabilities of the
same range.

Judge David R. Jones oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Norton Rose Fulbright US, LLP and O'Melveny &
Myers LLP as bankruptcy counsel; Foley & Lardner LLP and Eversheds
Sutherland US LLP as special counsel; Collet & Associates LLC as
investment banker; and Berkeley Research Group, LLC as financial
advisor.  Ted B. Lyon & Associates, The Gallagher Law Firm, West &
Associates LLP, Butch Boyd Law Firm and Boyd Smith Law Firm, PLLC
serve as special litigation counsel and McKool Smith PC serves as
special conflicts counsel. Stretto is the claims and noticing
agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 7 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors in the Debtor's case on March 15, 2021. The
committee is represented by the law firms of Porter Hedges, LLP and
Kramer, Levin, Naftalis & Frankel, LLP. FTI Consulting, Inc. and
Lazard Freres & Co. LLC serve as the committee's financial advisor
and investment banker, respectively.


BROSTER JD: Seeks to Hire Morgan & Morgan as Special Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------
Broster JD, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Middle District of Florida to employ Morgan & Morgan, P.A. as
its special counsel.

The Debtor needs the services of a special counsel to prosecute its
insurance claim in the state court case styled Hunter Vision, LLC
v. Amguard Insurance Company, Case No. 2021-CA-003286-O, pending in
the Ninth Judicial Circuit in Orange County, Fla.

The Debtor has agreed to pay Morgan & Morgan the following fees
from the total gross recovery:

     a. 33.33 percent of any recovery up to $1 million prior to
filing suit and after suit is filed but before an answer is filed
or demand for arbitration is made, or the expiration of the time
period provided for such action;

     b. 40 percent of any recovery up to $1 million after answer is
filed or demand for arbitration is made;

     c. 30 percent of any recovery between $1 and $2 million;

     d. 20 percent of any recovery in excess of $2 million;

     e. If all defendants admit liability at the time of filing
their answers and request a trial only on damages;

         i. 33.33 percent of any recovery up to $1 million; plus
         
        ii. 20 percent of any portion of the recovery between $1
million and $2 million; plus

       iii. 15 percent of any portion of the recovery exceeding $2
million.

     f. An additional 5 percent of the total gross recovery
received any time after the beginning of any appellate proceeding,
regardless of the result, duration, or legal work involved in the
appellate proceeding or whatever is awarded by the court, whatever
is greater.

     g. In the event that your claim, or any portion thereof, is
brought against a defendant whose liability is governed pursuant to
the Federal Tort Claims Act, 28 US.C.A. 1346, attorneys' fees are
limite4d to 25 percent of the total gross recovery as to those
defendants; and

     h. In the event that the claim is brought against a defendant
whose liability is governed pursuant to Florida Statutes Sec.
768.28, attorneys' fees are limited to 25 percent of the total
gross recovery as to those defendants.

As disclosed in court filings, Morgan & Morgan does not represent
interests adverse to the Debtor in the matters upon which the firm
is to be employed.

The firm can be reached through:

     David A. Spain, Esq.
     Morgan & Morgan, P.A.
     20 N. Orange Avenue, 4th Floor
     Orlando, FL 32801
     Phone: (407) 420-6928
     Fax: (407) 245-3353
     Email: DSpain@forthepeople.com

                       About Broster JD LLC

Broster JD LLC, a Maitland, Fla.-based company that conducts
business under the name Hunter Vision, sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No.
21-03801) on Aug. 20, 2021, listing as much as $10 million in both
assets and liabilities.  Judge Karen S. Jennemann oversees the
case.  

Justin M. Luna, Esq., at Latham Luna Eden & Beaudine, LLP and
Morgan & Morgan, P.A. serve as the Debtor's bankruptcy counsel and
special counsel, respectively.


CALIFORNIA RESOURCES: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B+', Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised the issuer credit rating on Santa
Clarita, Calif.-based oil and gas exploration and production (E&P)
company California Resources Corp. (CRC) to 'B+' from 'B' and its
issue-level rating on its unsecured debt to 'BB-' from 'B+'. The
recovery rating remains '2', reflecting its expectation of
substantial (70%-90%; rounded estimate: 85%) recovery in the event
of a payment default.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation that CRC's
production will be relatively flat while funds from operations
(FFO) to debt remains above 45% for the next 12 months. We also
anticipate substantial excess free cash flow generated over the
same time frame will primarily be used for shareholder returns and
carbon-management initiatives.

"We expect significantly stronger financial metrics and relatively
stable production in the next 12-24 months.

"Based on our latest oil and gas price assumptions, we expect much
improved financial leverage, including average FFO to debt well
above 45% and debt to EBITDA of about 1.5x. Given CRC's
liquids-focused production mix and exposure to premium Brent crude
oil pricing, we anticipate it will generate strong free operating
cash flow (FOCF) of several hundred million dollars in the next
12-24 months despite its higher cost structure. We also believe
production will remain relatively stable at about 100,000 barrels
of oil equivalent per day (boe/d) over the same time frame , with
increased cash flow providing more opportunities for growth capital
allocation as well as the company's prioritization of
carbon-management projects and potential shareholder returns. We
note that production increased sequentially during the second
quarter of 2021, however, CRC has yet to establish an extended
operating track record following its emergence from bankruptcy in
October 2020."

CRC has maintained a conservative balance sheet since its
reorganization last year.

The company has not issued any new debt since its $600 million 2026
unsecured notes offering at the beginning of 2021, and its $492
million revolving credit facility is undrawn. At the end of the
second quarter, CRC also had more than $150 million of cash on
hand--providing more than $500 million of total liquidity (net of
letters of credit). Furthermore, the company has hedged more than
50% of its 2022 oil production, which should support our cash flow
forecast. S&P said, "Although we expect increasing shareholder
returns in 2022, we believe they would be funded with internally
generated FOCF – which will likely be divided between
distributions and carbon-storage and renewable-energy projects as
CRC looks to respond to regulatory pressures such as California's
reduced emissions targets."

CRC's exposure to regulatory risk remains high relative to E&P
peers.

S&P said, "We apply a one-notch negative peer comparison modifier
to CRC's anchor, primarily to reflect its concentration in
California, where the regulatory environment is less supportive for
the oil industry. Earlier this year, California's governor
announced a mandate to ban new fracking permits by 2024 and is
exploring pathways to end oil and gas extraction by 2045, including
strategies to reduce fossil fuel demand and supply. Although the
impact from a ban on fracking would likely be negligible since CRC
does not rely on well-stimulation techniques, the state's operating
environment for oil and gas producers remains highly uncertain.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that CRC's production
will be relatively flat while FFO to debt remains above 45% for the
next 12 months. We also anticipate substantial excess free cash
flow generated over the same time frame will primarily be used for
shareholder returns and carbon-management initiatives."

S&P could lower the rating if:

-- FFO to debt approaches 30% without near-term remediation; or

-- Production meaningfully declines for an extended period.

This scenario would most likely occur if CRC were overly aggressive
in increasing capital spending or shareholder returns or if Brent
prices decline below $50 per barrel (bbl) for a sustained period.

S&P could raise its rating if CRC:

-- Significantly diversifies outside of California; and

-- Maintains FFO to debt well above 30%.



CATAMOUNT OILFIELD: Bidding for Pipe Inventory Ends on Oct. 27
--------------------------------------------------------------
Bidding is underway in the timed online auction of more than
300,000 feet of line pipe formerly owned by Fort Morgan,
Colorado-based Catamount Oilfield Services, announced Tiger Group
and Liquidity Services.

The auction is the latest offering by the two companies, which in
2016 formed a strategic partnership -- Tiger Liquidity Services
Energy Partners -- focused on directly assisting those seeking to
sell surplus oil-and-gas assets.

"At a time when oil prices and demand are back on the upswing, this
online auction represents a strong opportunity for companies to
restock their inventories," said Chad Farrell, Managing Director,
Tiger Commercial & Industrial. "In addition to the strong value
inherent to a bankruptcy liquidation, the inventory in this sale
has high utility, given the wide array of available sizes and
grades."

Catamount's entire pipe inventory, housed at sites in Colorado,
Wyoming and Texas, is available in the timed online auction. The
inventory includes:

    * More than 200,000 feet of casing in sizes ranging from 4-1/2"
to 13-3/8" and grades from J-55 to Q-125

    * More than 100,000 feet of tubing in sizes ranging from 2-3/8"
to 2-7/8" and grades from J-55 to P-110

Catamount Oilfield Services, Inc. (COS) filed in the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court in the District of Colorado. The company was known
for offering a full line of API tubing, casing, and line pipe.

Bidding closes at 3:00 p.m. (MT) on Wed., Oct. 27. All bidders must
register in advance at https://www.allsurplus.com/account/register

The inventory is available for inspection at the Colorado and
Wyoming sites from 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. (MT) and in Texas from
8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. (CT). For full details on the offering
visit, https://www.allsurplus.com/events/23389


CHANNEL CLARITY: Has Cash Collateral Access Through Dec. 3
----------------------------------------------------------
Judge Lashonda A. Hunt of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern District of Illinois authorized Channel Clarity Holdings,
LLC to use cash collateral to pay for post-petition expenses to
third parties during the period from October 14 through December 3,
2021, to the extent set forth in the budget, plus a 10% variance.

The budget provided for these weekly disbursements:

   $44,323 for the week beginning October 17, 2021;

    $8,818 for the week beginning October 24, 2021;

   $63,879 for the week beginning October 31, 2021;

      $304 for the week beginning November 7, 2021;

   $66,178 for the week beginning November 14, 2021;

    $4,818 for the week beginning November 21, 2021;

   $88,879 for the week beginning November 28, 2021;

      $304 for the week beginning December 5, 2021;

   $57,985 for the week beginning December 12, 2021;

    $4,818 for the week beginning December 19, 2021;

   $88,879 for the week beginning December 26, 2021;

    $4,304 for the week beginning January 2, 2022;

   $22,461 for the week beginning January 9, 2022;

   $39,342 for the week beginning January 16, 2022; and

   $64,879 for the week beginning January 23, 2022.

In return for such use, Brock Flagstad and Kasey Klaas are granted
replacement liens to the extent of their prepetition liens, with
any valid liens attaching to the collateral and its proceeds until
further order of the Court.  The Debtor is also authorized to make
payments to Oxford Media of up to $30,000, as set forth in the
budget.

A copy of the order is available for free at https://bit.ly/3FX9p4r
from PacerMonitor.com.

The Court will conduct a final hearing on the Motion on December 2,
2021 at 11:30 a.m.  

                  About Channel Clarity Holdings

Chicago-based Channel Clarity Holdings, LLC filed a voluntary
petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.
N.D. Ill. Case No. 21-07972) on June 30, 2021. Brock Flagstad,
managing member, signed the petition.  At the time of the filing,
the Debtor disclosed $100,000 to $500,000 in assets and $1 million
to $10 million in liabilities. Judge Lashonda A. Hunt oversees the
case. Crane, Simon, Clar & Goodman represents the Debtor as legal
counsel.


CNT HOLDINGS: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B' ICR
-----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook on U.S.-based online
contacts retailer CNT Holdings I Corp. to stable from negative and
affirmed all its ratings, including the 'B' issuer credit rating.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation for
improving credit measures over the next 12 months with leverage
declining to around 7x for 2021 and free operating cash flow
generation between $70 million and $75 million.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation for revenue growth and
EBITDA expansion, which supports improved credit metrics. We expect
the company's operating performance will continue to improve over
the next 12 months, driven by new customer growth, cost-management
measures, and initiatives to improve customer experience. We
forecast these improvements will result in CNT's leverage declining
to around 7x in 2021 and further deleveraging to around 6x in 2022.
In addition, we believe CNT's asset-lite business model should
support good free cash flow generation to service debt obligations.
We forecast low capital expenditure requirements as well as minimal
working capital needs, resulting in free operating cash flow (FOCF)
of about $70 million to $75 million in 2021."

The pandemic accelerated the shift to online purchases in the
industry and CNT is positioned well to benefit. CNT benefited from
its position as an online retailer during the pandemic, which
minimized the disruption to operations as consumers sought online
solutions for optical care and contact lens purchases while
competitors' closed stores temporarily. As a result, CNT has
performed well through the pandemic with sales growth of roughly
20% in fiscal year (FY) 2020. CNT's good performance has continued
into 2021 with sales increasing 13% in the first half of the year.
The strong growth in sales is driven by new customer acquisition,
further boosted by the company's subscription-like model, which
results in recurring revenue. S&P forecasts continued revenue
growth in FY 2021 of 13% to 15%.

S&P said, "We forecast S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin
improving to the 15%-16% area during the next 12 months. We
forecast improvement in margins in 2021 driven by lower legal
expense following the company's lawsuit settlement in 2020 that
compressed margins in the past. We also expect the company to
return to lower levels of advertising after increasing advertising
during the pandemic.

"We expect the company to further improve profitability as it
expands its business with recent acquisitions such as Ditto
Technologies Inc. a virtual eyewear technology. While we believe
this acquisition will be beneficial over the long term, Ditto will
not materially contribute to the company's revenue over the next 12
months and does not significantly affect CNT's competitive
position.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation for improving credit
measures over the next 12 months with leverage declining to around
7x for 2021 and free operating cash flow generation between $70
million and $75 million."

S&P could lower its rating on CNT if:

-- The company adopts a more aggressive financial policy leading
to adjusted debt to EBITDA sustained above 7x; or

-- Heightened competition in the industry reduces the company's
niche position, leading to top-line pressures and margin
compression.

While unlikely, S&P could raise its rating on CNT within the next
year or so if:

-- Adjusted debt to EBIDA is sustained below 5x. In such a
scenario, the company would have to adopt a less-aggressive
financial policy that leads S&P to believe the risk of a leveraging
event is minimal, likely requiring a material ownership reduction
by the financial sponsors; or

-- CNT expands its market presence substantially, leading S&P to
favorably reassess our view of its competitive positioning.



CONWAY COURT 1: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
-------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Conway Court 1 LLC
        129 Lexington Road
        Lincoln, MA 01773

Business Description: Conway Court 1 LLC is a Single Asset Real
                      Estate debtor (as defined in 11 U.S.C.
                      Section 101(51B)).

Chapter 11 Petition Date: October 21, 2021

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Massachusetts

Case No.: 21-11533

Judge: Hon. Frank J. Bailey

Debtor's Counsel: Michael Van Dam, Esq.
                  VAN DAM LAW LLP
                  233 Needham Street
                  Suite 540
                  Newton, MA 02464
                  Tel: 617-969-2900
                  Fax: 617-964-4631
                  Email: mvandam@vandamlawllp.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $500,000 to $1 million

The petition was signed by Lou Makrigiannis as manager.

The Debtor stated it has no creditors holding unsecured claims.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/3FR3P3Q/Conway_Court_1_LLC__mabke-21-11533__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


CONWAY COURT 4: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
-------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Conway Court 4 LLC
        129 Lexington Road
        Lincoln, MA 01773

Business Description: Conway Court 4 LLC is a Single Asset Real
                      Estate debtor (as defined in 11 U.S.C.
                      Section 101(51B)).

Chapter 11 Petition Date: October 21, 2021

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Massachusetts

Case No.: 21-11536

Judge: Hon. Frank J. Bailey

Debtor's Counsel: Michael Van Dam, Esq.
                  VAN DAM LAW LLP
                  233 Needham Street
                  Suite 540
                  Newton, MA 02464
                  Tel: 617-969-2900
                  Fax: 617-964-4631
                  Email: mvandam@vandamlawllp.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $500,000 to $1 million

The petition was signed by Lou Makrigiannis as authorized
representative.

The Debtor stated it has no creditors holding unsecured claims.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/3YI4F4Y/Conway_Court_4_LLC__mabke-21-11536__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


DAVE & BUSTER'S: Moody's Hikes CFR to B2 & Sr. Secured Notes to B1
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service upgraded Dave & Buster's, Inc.'s ratings
including its corporate family rating to B2 from Caa1, its
probability of default rating to B3-PD from Caa1-PD, its senior
secured rating to B1 from Caa1 and its speculative grade liquidity
rating to SGL-1 from SGL-3. The outlook is stable.

"The upgrades reflect Dave & Buster's strong earnings recovery in
the second quarter of 2021, driven in part by pent-up consumer
demand and expense deleveraging, and Moody's expectation that these
solid operating performance trends will continue in the second half
of the year leading to leverage of approximately 4.0x," stated Pete
Trombetta, Moody's VP-Senior Analyst. Dave & Buster's improving
leverage also includes a voluntary $55 million repayment of its
senior secured notes due 2025.

Upgrades:

Issuer: Dave & Buster's, Inc.

Corporate Family Rating, Upgraded to B2 from Caa1

Probability of Default Rating, Upgraded to B3-PD from Caa1-PD

Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating, Upgraded to SGL-1 from SGL-3

Gtd Senior Secured 1st Lien Global Notes, Upgraded to B1(LGD2)
from Caa1 (LGD3)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Dave & Buster's, Inc.

Outlook, Remains Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

Dave & Buster's credit profile is supported by its aforementioned
improved debt/EBITDA and its good interest coverage -- Moody's
forecasts EBIT/interest expense of about 2.0x at the end of 2021.
Positive consideration is also given to the company's very good
liquidity, leading position in the niche combined food &
entertainment industry, strong brand recognition, and diverse
geographic footprint. The company's credit profile is constrained
by the wage inflation and supply chain pressures the industry is
currently facing, the highly capital intensive nature of its
business model that constrains free cash flow generation, its
exposure to trends in discretionary consumer spending, and the
company's somewhat limited scale in terms of the number of system
wide units and scope.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation for continued solid
operating performance and very good liquidity over the next 12-18
months.

The SGL-1 reflects Dave & Buster's very good liquidity including
modest cash balances and good availability under its $500 million
revolving credit facility which expires in August 2024. As of
August 1, 2021 Dave & Buster's had about $108 million of cash and
$340 million available under its revolver after considering its
$150 minimum liquidity covenant and letters of credit. Beginning in
the company's first quarter ended April 2022, the revolver's
minimum liquidity covenant falls way and leverage and coverage
financial maintenance covenants will begin to be tested. Moody's
expects the company to maintain adequate cushion with respect to
these covenants over the next 12-18 months.

The B1 rating on Dave & Buster's senior secured notes, one notch
above the corporate family rating, reflects the mix of senior
secured debt in the company's capital structure relative to the
more junior unsecured lease rejection claims and accounts payable.
It also reflects the use of a 65% family recovery rate given the
expectation for a higher than average recovery due to the all first
lien secured bank capital structure and the reinstatement of
financial maintenance covenants in the first quarter of 2022.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be upgraded if Dave & Buster's is able to
successfully navigate the current wage pressures and cost inflation
such that operating performance remains steady and debt/EBITDA is
maintained around 5.0x and EBITA/interest coverage remains around
2.0x. Ratings could be downgraded if operating performance or
liquidity were to weaken. Quantitatively, ratings could be
downgraded if debt/EBITDA was sustained above 6.0x or
EBITA/interest approached 1.25x.

Headquartered in Dallas, Texas, Dave & Buster's, Inc. is a leading
operator of large format, high volume specialty
restaurant-entertainment complexes. As of August 1, 2021, the
company owned 142 stores in 40 states, Puerto Rico and Canada.
Revenue for the last 12-month period ended August 1, 2021 was about
$869 million. Dave & Buster's is listed on the NASDAQ exchange
under "PLAY".

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Restaurants
published in August 2021.


DIVERSIFIED FRANCHISE: Seeks to Hire Wilde & Associates as Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------------
Diversified Franchise Group, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nevada to hire Wilde &
Associates, LLC to serve as legal counsel in its Chapter 11 case.

The firm's services include:

     (a) advising the Debtor of its rights and obligations during
the pendency of its bankruptcy case;

     (b) attending meetings and negotiations with other
parties-in-interest;

     (c) taking the necessary actions to protect and preserve the
Debtor's estate, including the prosecution and defense of all
actions, negotiations concerning the reorganizational efforts of
the Debtor, and potential objection to claims filed against the
estate;

    (d) negotiating and preparing a disclosure statement and plan
of reorganization;

    (e) appearing before the court;

    (f) assisting the Debtor in developing strategies to further
its reorganizational efforts;

    (g) preparing legal papers; and

    (h) providing all other necessary legal services.

The firm's hourly rates are as follows:

     Gregory L. Wilde, Esq.     $350 per hour
     Associate attorney         $275 per hour
     Paralegal/Law clerk        $125 per hour

Gregory Wilde, Esq., the firm's attorney who will be providing the
services, disclosed in a court filing that he is a "disinterested
person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Gregory L. Wilde, Esq.
     Wilde & Associates, LLC
     7473 W. Lake Mead Blvd., Suite 100
     Las Vegas, NV 89128
     Tel: (702) 562-1202
     Email: greg@wildelawyers.com

              About Diversified Franchise Group Inc.

Diversified Franchise Group, Inc. filed its voluntary petition for
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Nev. Case No. 21-13666) on July
23, 2021, listing up to $100,000 in assets and up to $1 million in
liabilities.  Judge Natalie M. Cox oversees the case.
Gregory L. Wilde, Esq., at Wilde & Associates, LLC represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


EAST WEST AVL: Has Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Thru Nov 18
----------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of North
Carolina has authorized East West AVL Dev, LLC to use cash
collateral in the ordinary course of its business for expenses
provided for in the budget, through 11:59 p.m. on November 18,
2021.  

Pantheon Capital Advisors, Inc. is granted a valid, enforceable,
perfected and continuing security interests in and lien on all
postpetition assets of the Debtor, of the same character and type,
to the same extent and validity, as the liens and  encumbrances
attaching to the Debtor's assets prepetition.  

As further adequate protection to Pantheon, the Debtor will make
adequate protection payments to Pantheon for $1,250, applicable to
the debt associated with Pantheon's first secured claim, and $800
to be applied to the debt associated with Pantheon's second secured
claim.  The initial payment was due by 5 p.m. on September 30.
Subsequent payments are due on the last business day of each month
thereafter.  

The Debtor will also escrow into its DIP account or prepay funds
for ad valorem taxes.

A final hearing on the use of cash collateral is scheduled for
November 17 at 9:30 a.m., in the United States Bankruptcy Court, at
100 Otis Street, Asheville, NC 28801-2611.

A copy of the second interim order and the Debtor's budget is
available for free at https://bit.ly/3DVLctv from
PacerMonitor.com.

The budget provided for total expenses of $3,670 for October 2021
and $2,410 for November 2021.

                      About East West AVL Dev

East West AVL Dev, LLC sought protection for relief under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D.N.C. Case 21-10134) on July
6, 2021, listing $100,001 to $500,000 in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge George R. Hodges oversees the case.

Ivey, McClellan, Siegmund, Brumbaugh & McDonough, LLP, serves as
the Debtor's legal counsel.

Michael Martinez was appointed as the Debtor's Subchapter V
Trustee.



FLORIDA HOMESITE: Dec. 8 Hearing on Disclosure Statement
--------------------------------------------------------
Judge Mindy A. Mora has set a hearing to consider approval of the
Disclosure Statement explaining the Plan of Florida Homesite
Developers LLC for Dec. 8, 2021 at 1:30 p.m.  The hearing will take
place solely by video conference via Zoom for Government.

The last day for filing and serving objections to the disclosure
statement will be on December 1, 2021.

                  About Florida Homesite Developers
  
Florida Homesite Developers, LLC, sought protection under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 21-14081) on
April 28, 2021.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor had between
$1 million and $10 million in both assets and liabilities.  Judge
Mindy A. Mora oversees the case.  Susan D. Lasky, Esq., at Sue
Lasky, PA, is the Debtor's legal counsel.


FR REFUEL: S&P Assigns 'B-' Rating, Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B-' issuer credit rating to FR
Refuel LLC. At the same time, S&P assigned its 'B' issue-level
rating and '2' recovery rating to the proposed secured credit
facility.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectations that consistent
performance will support a modest improvement in credit metrics
over the next 12 months.

S&P said, "Our ratings reflect FR Refuel's position as a small
regional convenience store (c-store) operator in a highly
competitive and fragmented industry. FR Refuel's participates in
the intensively competitive c-store industry and it operates with a
relatively small (compared with rated peers) regional presence in
the Southern U.S. The company operates around 170 c-stores in the
Carolinas, Texas, Arkansas, and Mississippi. Although its stores
have modest geographic diversity, FR Refuel has limited scale
compared with larger industry peers, some with store fleets of
1,000 or more. We think the company will continue to expand its
operations at a modest pace over the next few years through new
builds and acquisitions. We believe FR Refuel's stores offer
consumers a somewhat differentiated experience with brand-name
petroleum products while inside the store products focus on
competitively priced merchandise and differentiated food services.
Moreover, several stores provide other products and services
including quick service restaurants and car washes.

"We expect the company to maintain relatively high albeit stable
financial leverage, a key aspect to our rating. Our view of FR
Refuel considers the company's financial policy shaped by, in our
opinion, both the aggressive acquisition strategy and the presence
of the equity sponsor. The company has grown significantly since it
was formed in 2019, through organic store openings and acquisitions
around its core markets. The store count grew to more than 170 this
year from 31 in 2019, with growth funded primarily via balance
sheet debt and equity contributions from First Reserve. We expect
this strategy to continue, noting the recent purchase of Alco and
Buck's c-store operations. These acquisitions added nearly 40
stores to the company's fleet and FR Refuel is partially funding
these transactions with the planned secured credit facility. We
believe the company's acquisitive nature adds operational and
integration risks.

"The private-equity ownership of the company increases the risk
that leverage will remain elevated for the foreseeable future,
either through debt-funded shareholder remuneration or
acquisitions. That said, we believe FR Refuel will likely use
excess cash flow for growth investment for the next couple of
years. This includes meaningful capital expenditures of about $60
million this year and around $40 million in 2022. We believe the
higher levels of capital investment over the next 12 months will
leave little to no free operating cash over this time frame. We
project the company will likely generate modest levels of free cash
flow in later years.

"We expect FR Refuel's merchandise sales and fuel volumes to
increase with support from economic growth and increasing consumer
mobility. For the first six months of 2021, the company experienced
significant growth in sales and gross profit. This includes fuel
sales that more than doubled, inside sales that increased more than
70%, and gross profit that increased a similar amount. The
meaningful performance growth is attributable to improved
performance this year following the economic shutdowns in 2020, new
stores, and company initiatives around product and brand
enhancement. Moreover, we think an increase in both overall
economic growth and greater consumer mobility will likely result in
greater fuel volumes and sales for FR Refuel over the next 12
months.

"We also believe store growth and acquisitions will help boost
overall fuel volumes, offsetting greater fuel efficiency vehicles
and regulatory actions that could affect petroleum products. We see
the sustained demand levels also leading to consistent fuel margins
per gallon sold. Overall, we project fuel volumes (both retail and
wholesale) to increase modestly on a pro forma basis in the next
one to two years with the addition of new stores. We also forecast
blended fuel margins around $0.22/gallon this and next year.

"FR Refuel's inside sales will likely benefit from, in part,
increased transaction counts over the next 12 months. We also
believe these trends will get a boost from the company's
initiatives to elevate its in-store product offering, including
food and other inside products, along with continued brand presence
and product display. These initiatives, in our opinion, will help
drive a low- to mid-single-digit increase in comparable inside
sales. We also think inside sales initiatives will help maintain
merchandise margins in the mid-30% range over the next 12 to 18
months.

"FR Refuel's high exposure to petroleum fuel and meaningful tobacco
sales result in greater exposure to environmental and social risk
factors. Consumer demand and regulatory stipulations for reduced
emissions and cleaner energy to address climate change remain a
primary growth driver of electric and hybrid vehicle demand. This
poses a long-term threat to FR Refuel's core fuel business.
However, we see this risk as somewhat offset by the company's
regional focus in the Southern U.S., a region where consumers have
been slower to adopt alternative vehicles. Separately, FR Refuel
meaningfully relies on tobacco-related product sales, exposing it
to social risk factors related to the detrimental health effects of
tobacco use. Although the category remains a revenue driver, we
think tobacco products face elevated regulatory scrutiny and
long-term volume pressures.

"The stable outlook on FR Refuel reflects our expectation that
earnings will improve with economic conditions supporting growth in
fuel volumes while continued acquisitions, store strategy, and
merchandise initiatives support inside sales and gross profit. We
also project S&P Global Ratings'-adjusted credit metrics to remain
above 6x over the next 12 months."

S&P could lower its rating on FR Refuel if it believes the capital
structure is potentially unsustainable. This could occur if the
company generates consistently negative free operating cash flow.
Such a scenario would most likely arise if:

-- The company experiences execution issues and an inability to
integrate acquisitions leading to weaker sales and earnings.

-- Operating performance weakens, possibly because of more intense
competition and a sharp, sustained decline in fuel margins and
volumes that pressures results.

S&P could raise its rating on FR Refuel if:

-- The company expands its operations while increasing and
diversifying its geographic footprint;

-- It demonstrates a track record of good operating execution
including margin expansion and smooth integration of acquired
businesses; or

-- S&P expects the company to operate a more conservative
financial policy likely corresponding with S&P Global
Ratings'-adjusted leverage approaching 5x.



GATEWAY KENSINGTON: Examiner Taps Klestadt as Legal Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------------
Fred Stevens, the examiner appointed in Gateway Kensington, LLC's
Chapter 11 case, seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Southern District of New York to retain Klestadt Winters
Jureller Southard & Stevens, LLP as his legal counsel.

The firm's services include:

     (a) assisting the examiner in the discharge of his duties and
responsibilities;

     (b) assisting the examiner in the preparation of reports and
legal documents;

     (c) representing the examiner at hearings and other
proceedings before the bankruptcy court or any other court;

     (d) advising the examiner regarding legal issues that arise in
connection with the discharge of his duties;

     (e) assisting the examiner in interviews, examinations, and
review of documents and other materials in connection with his
investigation; and

     (f) performing all other necessary legal services.

The hourly rates charged by the attorneys and paralegals at the
firm are as follows:

     Tracy L. Klestadt       $795 per hour
     Ian R. Winters          $695 per hour
     John E. Jureller, Jr.   $695 per hour
     Fred N. Stevens         $695 per hour
     Sean C. Southard        $695 per hour
     Brendan M. Scott        $595 per hour
     Kathleen M. Aiello      $595 per hour
     Stephanie R. Sweeney    $550 per hour
     Lauren C. Kiss          $550 per hour
     Christopher Reilly      $425 per hour
     Andrew S. Richmond      $375 per hour
     Paralegals              $195 per hour

As disclosed in court filings, Klestadt is a "disinterested person"
within the meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Sean Southard, Esq.
     Christopher Reilly, Esq.
     200 West 41st Street, 17th Floor
     New York, NY 10036-7203
     Tel: (212) 972-3000
     Fax: (212) 972-2245
     Email: ssouthard@klestadt.com
            creilly@klestadt.com

                     About Gateway Kensington

Gateway Kensington, LLC filed its voluntary petition for Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-22274) on May 14, 2021,
listing up to $10 million in assets and up to $50 million in
liabilities.  Judge Robert D. Drain presides over the case.  

Erica R. Aisner, Esq., at Kirby Aisner & Curley, LLP and Priolet &
Associates, P.C. serve as the Debtor's bankruptcy counsel and
special real estate counsel, respectively.  

Fred Stevens, the examiner appointed in the Debtor's Chapter 11
case, is represented by Klestadt Winters Jureller Southard &
Stevens, LLP.


GRAY TELEVISION: Fitch Affirms 'BB-' LT IDR, Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Gray Television Inc.'s (Gray) Long-Term
Issuer Default Rating (IDR) at 'BB-' and issue level ratings. Fitch
has removed the Negative Rating Watch, which had been in place due
to Gray's announced acquisitions of Quincy Media (closed August
2021) and Meredith Corporation (closing expected December 2021.)
The Rating Outlook is Stable.

Fitch has assigned a 'BB+'/'RR1' rating to Gray's conditional new
senior secured term loan D, the proceeds of which will be used to
fund a portion of Meredith's $2.8 billion purchase price and
associated fees and expenses. The balance will be funded with new
unsecured debt and cash on hand.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Meredith and Quincy Media Acquisitions: Gray's acquisitions of
Quincy Media and Meredith's local media broadcast assets modestly
weaken Gray's near-term credit protection metrics. On a combined
pro forma basis, two-year average leverage increased to 6.1x from
5.6x. Fitch expects Gray will prioritize deleveraging such that
leverage returns below Fitch's negative 5.5x negative sensitivity
during 2023. However, Fitch notes that deleveraging could be
delayed by integration issues, operating weakness, potential
retransmission contract disputes or more aggressive than expected
shareholder returns.

Fitch believes the strategic rationale for the Meredith and Quincy
station acquisitions are strong. Both add complementary station
portfolios that expand Gray's top-ranked stations and exposure to
high profile political battlegrounds. The acquisitions make Gray
the second largest broadcaster by revenue and number of markets.
Gray's larger scale allows the company to strengthen its national
advertising sales and improve its negotiating position in
retransmission and affiliate renewals.

Strong Television Portfolio: Following the closing of the Meredith
transaction, Gray will cover 36% of U.S. television households. The
company will have a strong portfolio of station assets, with #1
ranked stations in 79 of its 113 markets (approximately 70%) and #2
ranked stations in 22 markets (approximately 19%). Gray network
affiliations are weighted towards CBS and NBC.

Fitch expects Gray will significantly reduce station acquisition
spending following the Meredith and Quincy acquisitions, due to
Gray's proximity to the 39% national audience reach cap.

Advertising Exposure: Advertising revenues accounted for roughly
52% of Gray's average two-year total revenues (excluding
political). Local advertising revenues accounted for approximately
80% of Gray's advertising revenues (excluding political) in fiscal
2020. The ad spending decline trajectories in 2020 was consistent
with Fitch's view that ad spend on legacy mediums such as linear
television, terrestrial radio, out-of-home, etc. will remain
hypercyclical. Although the ad market's pace of recovery exceeded
Fitch's initial expectations, Fitch continues to remain cautiously
optimistic about overall ad market expectations into 2022 but
expects legacy mediums to continue losing share.

Fitch believes Gray is better positioned to manage through weaker
operating performance as contracted retransmission revenues now
account for a larger percentage of the revenue base (44% of ex.
political revenue in fiscal 2020). Incrementally, the softened ad
environment did not appear to have an impact on 2020 political
advertising revenues. Fitch expects a robust political advertising
cycle in 2022, though not at the scale of the 2020 presidential
election cycle.

Growing Net Retransmission Revenues: Fitch expects that
retransmission revenues will grow at a high-single-digit pace over
the near term. Fitch expects these fees to continue to increase
given the significant gap between a broadcast station's audience
share and its share of multichannel video programming distributors'
(MVPDs) programming fees. However, Fitch notes affiliates share an
increasing proportion of these fees with the networks, which are
expected to increase from roughly 51% in 2018 to mid-50% by YE 2023
per SNL Kagan.

Improving FCF: TV broadcasters typically generate significant
amounts of FCF due to high operating leverage and minimal capex
requirements. Gray generated FCF of $490 million and $236 million
in fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively. For fiscal 2020, Gray
generated significant FCF despite the pullback in advertisers'
marketing budgets, due to stronger than expected political
advertising and increasing retransmission revenue. Gray and other
local broadcasters benefit from having a more material cushion from
retransmission and political advertising revenues than prior
economic downturns.

Viewer Fragmentation: Gray continues to face the secular headwinds
present in the TV broadcasting sector including declining audiences
amid increasing programming choices, with further pressures from
over-the-top (OTT) internet-based television services. However, it
is Fitch's expectation that local broadcasters, particularly those
with higher-rated stations, will remain relevant and capture
audiences that local, regional and national spot advertisers seek.

Fitch also views positively the increasing inclusion of local
broadcast content in OTT offerings. Growth in OTT subscribers could
provide incremental revenues and offset declines of traditional
MVPD subscribers. However, Fitch does not believe penetration will
be material for Gray over the near term, particularly give the
company's predominance in smaller and medium-sized markets.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Gray's 'BB-' IDR reflects its smaller scale and higher leverage
relative to the larger and more diversified media peers like
ViacomCBS, Inc. (BBB/Stable) and Discovery Communications
(BBB-/Stable). Gray's ratings reflect the company's high leverage,
which is offset by the company's enhanced scale and competitive
position following the Raycom acquisition. Following the completion
of the Quincy and Meredith acquisitions, Gray becomes the second
largest U.S. station group by revenue and U.S. TV household reach
while maintaining the highest broadcast revenue per television
household owing to its strong portfolio of highly ranked television
stations.

Gray will be the first- or second-ranked television stations in 101
of its 113 markets served. Fitch notes highly ranked stations
garner a larger share of the local and political advertising
revenues in their markets. Gray also has a favorable mix of
affiliated stations weighted toward CBS, NBC and ABC. Gray has a
similar leverage profile as E.W. Scripps (B/Stable). However, Gray
benefits from a greater number of number one or number two ranked
stations and has significant exposure in political battleground
geographies. Gray's EBITDA margins, in the high 30% range (two-year
average), lead the peer group while Fitch expects Scripps' EBITDA
margins will remain in the low-to-mid 20% range (even-odd year
average.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

Fitch's key assumptions within its rating case for the issuer
include:

-- The Quincy acquisition closed on Aug. 2, 2021 and Fitch
    expects the Meredith acquisition to close during December
    2021. In each case, identified synergies are fully realized by
    2022;

-- Core advertising rebounds partially in 2021 after 2020
    declined 14%. Core advertising returns to flat to low single
    digit declines thereafter;

-- Fitch expects continued strong even-year political ad spending
    growth;

-- Gross retransmission revenue growth will continue to grow over
    the rating horizon, but will be lumpy due to step-ups in
    Quincy's and Meredith's pricing to be in line with Gray's
    existing pricing and contract renewal timing;

-- EBITDA margins fluctuate reflecting even year cyclical
    revenues. Margins improvement will be held in check by
    expected low single digit ad declines, an increase in the
    percentage of retransmission revenues paid to the networks in
    reverse retransmission compensation, and fixed costs growing
    at low-single digit rates;

-- Capex in a range of 5% of revenues annually;

-- Fitch assumes Gray uses a meaningful portion of excess cash
    flow to focus on debt reduction and bring leverage back in
    line with Fitch's sensitivities during 2024.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Fitch does not expect any near-term positive rating momentum
    given the elevated leverage following the Quincy and Meredith
    acquisitions.

-- Over the longer term, Fitch-calculated Total Debt with Equity
    Credit/last eight quarters annualized (L8QA) EBITDA falls
    below 4.5x and management expresses commitment to maintaining
    leverage at this level.

Factor that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Fitch-calculated Total Debt with Equity Credit/L8QA EBITDA
    exceeds 5.5x for more than 18-24 months after the Meredith
    acquisition's closing.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Strong Liquidity: Liquidity was supported by $785 million in
balance sheet cash and full availability under the $300 million
revolver (matures January 2026) as of June 30, 2021. Fitch notes
the revolver will be upsized to $500 million upon the closing of
the Meredith transaction, with $475 million extended to mature in
December 2026 and $75 million continuing to mature in January
2026.

Gray does not have any required debt amortization under its
existing term loans and the proposed term loan D will amortize at
1% annually. Gray's next sizeable maturity is not until 2024, when
$595 million of term loan borrowings are scheduled to mature.

Fitch also expects liquidity will be supported by stable free cash
flow generation over the rating horizon. Gray continued to generate
strong free cash flow in 2020 despite a severely weakened
advertising environment. Fitch expects both growing retransmission
revenue and strong political ad spend in even years to provide a
steady cash flow buffer against potential future advertising
downturns.

Gray's first-lien credit facilities have modest covenant
protections. The revolver has one financial maintenance covenant, a
first-lien net leverage ratio of 4.50x, which steps down to 4.25x
two years after closing and is only tested when the revolver is
drawn. The first-lien credit facilities also require a 50% excess
cash flow sweep when first-lien net leverage is greater than 4.50x,
stepping down to 25% when leverage is greater than 3.75x and 0%
otherwise.

ISSUER PROFILE

Gray Television Inc. (Gray) will be the second largest U.S.
television broadcaster, measured by total revenues and markets
served, following the acquisition of certain Meredith Corporation
television stations. Gray also owns video program production,
marketing and digital businesses including Raycom Sports,
Tupelo-Raycom, and RTM studios.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


GRAY TELEVISION: S&P Assigns 'BB' Rating on New $1.5BB Term Loan
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB' issue-level and '1' recovery
ratings to the proposed $1.5 billion senior secured term loan D due
2028 issued by U.S. broadcaster Gray Television Inc. The '1'
recovery rating indicates its expectation for very high recovery
(90%-100%; rounded estimate: 95%) for lenders in the event of a
payment default. The company will use the proceeds from the term
loan, along with $1.125 billion of additional senior unsecured debt
(not yet issued or rated) to fund the acquisition of Meredith
Corp.'s portfolio of 17 TV stations. As part of the proposed
acquisition, Gray plans to increase its revolving credit facility
by $200 million to $500 million.

S&P said, "At the same time, we are lowering the rating on Gray's
existing senior unsecured debt to 'B' from 'B+', revising the
recovery rating to '5' from '4', and removing the rating from
CreditWatch, where we placed it with negative implications on May
5, 2021. The increased senior secured debt in front of the existing
senior secured notes, combined with the announced $1.125 billion of
incremental senior unsecured debt, significantly reduces the
recovery prospects for existing unsecured debtholders in a default
scenario. The '5' recovery rating indicates our expectation for
modest recovery (10%-30%; rounded estimate: 10%) for lenders in the
event of a payment default.

"The transaction has no impact on our 'B+' issuer credit rating and
stable outlook on Gray. Pro forma for the transaction and
synergies, we expect 2021 adjusted leverage will be in the low-6x
area, which is within our previously established 5.5x-6.5x range
for the rating. Gray has identified $55 million of annualized
synergies related to the Meredith acquisition. Of these synergies,
$25 million relate to a step-up in Meredith's retransmission rates
to Gray's retransmission rates that we expect will be realized near
closing, with the remainder to be realized largely in 2022.
Although we expect the company to be able to reduce leverage below
5.5x over the long term, we do not expect this to happen until 2023
at the earliest and the pace of deleveraging will remain dependent
on its financial policy. Further large-scale acquisition
opportunities in the industry will be nearly impossible due to
Gray's increased household reach."

ISSUE RATINGS -RECOVERY ANALYSIS

Key analytical factors

-- Under the proposed capital structure, Gray Television will be
the borrower of a senior secured credit facility ($500 million
revolving credit facility maturing in 2026, $641 million term loan
maturing in 2024 [$595 million outstanding], and $1.4 billion term
loan C maturing in 2026 [$1.19 billion outstanding], and the
proposed $1.5 billion term loan D due 2028), senior unsecured notes
($700 million 5.875% notes due in 2026, $750 million 7% notes due
in 2027, and $800 million 4.75% notes due in 2030), and $1.125
billion of incremental senior unsecured debt (not yet issued or
rated).

-- The senior secured debt is guaranteed by the company's material
domestic subsidiaries and is secured by substantially all of the
company's assets and those of its guarantors (excluding real
estate).

Simulated default assumptions

-- S&P's simulated default scenario contemplates a default in 2025
due to a combination of the following factors: a
larger-than-expected drop in EBITDA in a nonelection year,
increased competition from alternative media, a prolonged decline
in advertising revenue due to economic weakness, failure to
generate retransmission revenue commensurate with its local market
and relevant television networks, and pressure from affiliated
networks to remit a significant portion of retransmission fees.

-- S&P's default assumptions include an 85% draw on the revolving
credit facility, LIBOR is 2.5%, the spread on the revolving credit
facility rises to 5% as covenant amendments are obtained, and all
debt includes six months of prepetition interest.

-- S&P has valued Gray on a going-concern basis using a 7x
multiple of its projected emergence EBITDA, which is in line with
that of other large television broadcasters it rates.

Simplified waterfall

-- EBITDA at emergence: about $668 million

-- EBITDA multiple: 7x

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): about
$4.5 billion

-- Estimated senior secured debt claims: about $4 billion

    --Recovery expectations: 90%-100% (rounded estimate: 95%)

-- Value available for senior secured debt: about $431 million

-- Estimated senior unsecured debt claims: about $3.4 billion

    --Recovery expectations: 10%-30% (rounded estimate: 10%)

  Ratings List

  NEW RATING  

  GRAY TELEVISION INC.

  Senior Secured

   US$1.5 bil term D bank ln due 2028  BB
    Recovery Rating                    1(95%)

  RATINGS AFFIRMED; RECOVERY RATINGS UNCHANGED  
                           TO          FROM
  GRAY TELEVISION INC.

  Senior Secured           BB          BB
   Recovery Rating         1(95%)      1(95%)

  ISSUE-LEVEL RATINGS LOWERED; CREDITWATCH ACTION;
  RECOVERY RATING REVISED  

                           TO          FROM
  GRAY TELEVISION INC.

  Senior Unsecured         B          B+ /Watch Neg
   Recovery Rating         5(10%)       4(30%)



GREEN VALLEY: Cash Use Extension Thru Nov. 13 OK'd
--------------------------------------------------
Judge Jerrold N. Poslusny, Jr. of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of New Jersey authorized Green Valley at ML Country Club,
LLC (Green Valley) and ML Country Club, LLC (ML Country Club) to
use cash collateral through and including the termination date,
solely for the purposes set forth in the budget, pursuant to the
terms of the Cash Collateral Stipulation between the Debtors and
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, successor-by-merger to
Beneficial Bank.  

The parties, on September 30, 2021, entered into a Fourth Extension
of the Interim Order Authorizing Use of the Cash Collateral.  The
Bank is willing to permit the Debtors' continued use of the cash
collateral subject to the terms of the Fourth Extension and the
Cash Collateral Stipulation, as modified.  The Cash Collateral
Stipulation is modified to provide that Termination shall be the
earliest of: (i) November 13, 2021, or (ii) upon three business
days' notice to the Debtors, the U.S. Trustee and the Committee, if
any, of the occurrence of any Termination Event.

The Debtors confirm all of the terms set forth in the Cash
Collateral Stipulation, and shall continue to comply with the same
throughout the term of the Fourth Extension.  Moreover, the parties
may agree to non-material modifications to the Fourth Extension or
the Cash Collateral Stipulation without further Court order.  

The Debtors owe the Bank for prepetition debts in a principal
amount of at least:

     $1,990,830 as to Debtor ML Country Club with respect to the
2016 Loan, and

       $174,792 as to both Debtors jointly and severally, with
respect to the 2017 Loan.

Each Claim is secured by a valid first priority security interest
in the collateral owned by the applicable debtor.  

Any Committee which may be appointed under Section 1102 of the
Bankruptcy Code shall have 60 days (or such longer period as the
Committee may obtain for cause shown) from the date of entry of an
order approving appointment of the Committee's counsel or the final
cash collateral order, whichever is later, to contest the Bank's
Claim.  If no Committee is appointed, any party in interest has a
minimum of 75 days from the date of entry of the final cash
collateral order to contest said Claim.

The Debtors' combined projected cash flow for the two-month period
of October through November 2021 provided for weekly expenses as
follows:

     $10,920 for the period from October 3 - October 9, 2021;

     $10,620 for the period from October 10 - October 16, 2021;

     $18,865 for the period from October 17 - October 23, 2021;

     $10,545 for the period from October 24 - October 30, 2021;

     $18,753 for the period from October 31 - November 6, 2021;
and

      $8,943 for the period from November 7 - November 13, 2021.

A copy of the Stipulation is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3n6blPt from PacerMonitor.com.

The Court will continue hearing on the Cash Collateral Motion on
November 9, 2021 at 2 p.m.  Objections must be filed and served by
Nov. 2.

            About Green Valley at ML Country Club, LLC

Green Valley at ML Country Club, LLC sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. N.J. Case No.
21-11747) on March 3, 2021. In the petition signed by Louis Sacco,
managing member, the Debtor disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and
$1 million in liabilities.

Affiliate ML Country Club, LLC also sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D. N.J. Case No. 21-11745) on March 3, 2021.  ML Country
Club listed $1 million to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities on the Petition Date.  The cases are jointly
administered under Green Valley LLC at ML Country Club LLC

Judge Jerrold N. Poslusny, Jr. oversees the case.

Robert N. Braverman, Esq., at McDowell Law P.C. is the Debtor's
counsel.

Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB, as Lender, is represented by
Ballard Sphar, LLP.



GREENSILL CAPITAL: Creditors Say Plan Releases Too Broad
--------------------------------------------------------
Vince Sullivan of Law360 reports that Greensill Capital's official
committee of unsecured creditors objected late Tuesday, October 19,
2021, to the supply chain financing firm's Chapter 11 plan, saying
releases of nondebtor affiliates go too far without providing any
compensation to creditors.

The committee said it supports the plan as a whole but called
proposed releases of Greensill's United Kingdom affiliates too
broad because the bankruptcy estate would give up potentially
valuable causes of action without being given any material
consideration.

                     About Greensill Capital

Greensill is an independent financial services firm and principal
investor group based in the United Kingdom and Australia. It offers
structures trade finance, working capital optimization, specialty
financing and contract monetization.  Greensill Capital Pty is the
parent company for the Greensill Group.

Greensill began to unravel in March 2021 when its main insurer
stopped providing credit insurance on US$4.1 billion of debt in
portfolios it had created for clients including Swiss bank Credit
Suisse.

Greensill Capital (UK) Limited and Greensill Capital Management
Company (UK) Limited filed for insolvency in Britain on March 8,
2021. Matthew James Byrnes, Philip Campbell-Wilson and Michael
McCann of Grant Thornton were appointed as administrators.

Greensill Capital Pty Ltd. filed insolvency proceedings in
Australia. Matt Byrnes, Phil Campbell-Wilson, and Michael McCann of
Grant Thornton Australia Ltd, were appointed as voluntary
administrators in Australia.

Greensill Capital Inc. filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy (Bankr.
S.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-10561) on March 25, 2021. Jill M. Frizzley,
director, signed the petition. In the petition, the Debtor listed
assets of between $10 million and $50 million and liabilities of
between $50 million and $100 million.  The case is handled by Judge
Michael E. Wiles.

In the Chapter 11 case, the Debtor tapped Segal & Segal LLP as
bankruptcy counsel, Mayer Brown LLP as special counsel, and GLC
Advisors & Co., LLC and GLCA Securities, LLC as investment bankers
and financial advisors. Matthew Tocks is the chief restructuring
officer of the Debtor. The official committee of unsecured
creditors is represented by Arent Fox LLP.

Greensill Capital (UK) Limited filed a Chapter 15 petition (Bankr.
S.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-11473) to seek U.S. recognition of its UK
proceedings on Aug. 18, 2021.  ALLEN & OVERY LLP, led by Laura R.
Hall, is the Debtor's counsel in the Chapter 15 case.


GREYSTONE SELECT: Fitch Affirms 'BB-' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Greystone Select Financial LLC's
(Greystone) Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) at 'BB-' and
senior secured term loan at 'BB'. The Rating Outlook is Stable.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

The affirmation of Greystone's ratings reflects its solid franchise
in the commercial real estate (CRE) origination and servicing
market; historically strong asset quality performance, including
the absence of exposure to hotel, retail and office assets; strong
historical earnings generation; limited valuation risk associated
with mortgage servicing rights (MSRs), given the presence of
various prepayment protections; demonstrated access to diverse
sources of funding; a solid liquidity profile; and an experienced
senior management team.

Rating constraints include the firm's concentrated exposure to the
CRE market, which tends to be cyclical; a predominantly secured
funding profile with relatively limited duration; higher-than-peer
leverage historically; and a weaker corporate governance structure
given the majority private ownership by the Rosenberg family and
key person risk associated with CEO Stephen Rosenberg.

On Oct. 20, 2021, Greystone Select Incorporated, the ultimate
parent of Greystone, and Cushman & Wakefield entered into a joint
venture to align their multifamily loan origination and investment
sales platforms, respectively. As part of this transaction, Cushman
& Wakefield will make a minority, noncontrolling investment of 40%
in Greystone. Fitch believes this partnership will enhance the
balance sheet, resulting in a modest reduction in leverage, and has
the potential to increase lending and servicing volume through
Greystone's platform. Fitch believes the partnership could be
incrementally positive over time, to the extent it results in
enhanced revenue diversity and earnings stability, and/or reduced
leverage. The transaction is expected to close in 4Q21.

Greystone is not subject to material asset quality risks as nearly
all originated loans are government or agency eligible. There
continues to be negligible exposure to troubled Federal Housing
Authority mortgages given Greystone's expertise in restructuring
such loans. The firm's risk-sharing arrangement with Fannie Mae
limits Greystone's maximum loss exposure. The allowance for risk
sharing obligations was $41 million as of 2Q21, which Fitch views
as adequate. There is also a small on-balance sheet portfolio
totaling $54 million, for which Greystone carries a reserve of $2.4
million.

Greystone's pretax return on average assets (ROAA) amounted to 7.2%
for the six months ended June 30, 2021, up from an average of 4.7%
from FY17 to FY20, primarily due to a 36% increase in gains from
the sale of mortgage loans. Fitch believes earnings will decline
near-term with some normalization in gain on sale income but over
time Greystone's performance will be largely dependent on the pace
of new originations. Still, the recent acquisition of the special
servicing unit and lower prepayments, given yield maintenance
provisions, should help to provide more earnings stability over
time, in Fitch's view.

Greystone's leverage was 3.8x at June 30, 2021, down from a high of
7.9x at FY20. The decline was driven by a reduction in debt
outstanding given the sale of mortgage loans held for sale.
Leverage is expected to initially decline following the JV
transaction. Greystone's ability to manage leverage, on a sustained
basis, below 5.0x could lead to positive rating momentum over
time.

Greystone has continued to demonstrate access to funding and
maintains relationships with a diverse group of lenders. Still, the
company's funding is short-duration, consisting predominantly of
agency warehouse and repurchase lines with maturities of one year
or less. Short-term funding accounted for 64% of gross debt as of
2Q21, which Fitch believes is high and exposes the firm to
meaningful refinancing risk. Fitch would view an extension of the
debt maturity profile favorably.

At June 30, 2021, approximately 3% of Greystone's outstanding debt
was unsecured, which is below the peer average and within Fitch's
'b' category funding, liquidity and coverage benchmark range of
less than 10%. Fitch would view an increase in the firm's unsecured
funding percentage favorably as it would enhance funding
flexibility.

Fitch views Greystone's liquidity as sound for its rating category.
As of June 30, 2021, Greystone had $171.5 million of cash and $2.6
billion of capacity under its funding facilities subject to
borrowing base restrictions. A vast majority of the company's
funding and FHLB lines have advance rates at or near 100%,
supported by GSE and government-eligible collateral, and are not
marked-to-market. Greystone's pool of unencumbered assets, which
amounted to $870.3 million at 2Q21, could be pledged or sold
(subject to applicable haircuts) to provide additional liquidity,
if necessary.

Greystone's management team has strong industry experience, but
Fitch believes that a moderate degree of key person risk is present
with CEO and founder Stephen Rosenberg. As a result of the
partnership, a new board of directors will be formed comprised of
three members from Greystone and two members from Cushman &
Wakefield, which Fitch believes will bring an additional level of
scrutiny to corporate decisions than existed before. The absence of
independent representation on the board, however, demonstrates a
weaker-than-peer corporate governance structure and represents a
rating constraint.

The Stable Rating Outlook reflects Fitch's expectations that
Greystone will maintain good asset quality, with delinquencies
translating into only modest losses given the loss-sharing
arrangements. The Stable Outlook also reflects the expectation for
earnings in-line with historical levels and the maintenance of
diversified funding and sufficient liquidity.

The senior secured term loan rating is one-notch above Greystone's
IDR reflecting the collateral availability and good recovery
prospects in a stress scenario.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- An inability to extend financing facilities as they mature
    and/or maintain adequate funding diversity, a weakened
    liquidity profile, a sustained increase in leverage (gross
    debt/tangible equity) above 7.0x, and a material weakening in
    asset quality, as demonstrated by a significant increase in
    impaired loans.

-- Negative rating momentum could also be driven by a sustained
    reduction in operating performance below historical levels
    and/or a key person event which alters the firm's market
    position, strategic direction and/or financial targets.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- An improvement in funding flexibility, as demonstrated by
    further extension of the maturity profile and an increase in
    the unsecured funding component, approaching 25%. Positive
    rating momentum would also be conditioned upon a sustained
    reduction in gross leverage, approaching 5.0x, greater revenue
    diversification and reduced reliance on gain-on-sale income,
    as well as the maintenance of solid asset quality, consistent
    earnings and sufficient liquidity.

-- The senior secured term loan rating is sensitive to changes in
    the IDR and would be expected to move in tandem. However,
    material decreases in unencumbered assets or increase in
    secured debt could result in a wider notching of the senior
    secured term loan rating relative to Greystone's IDR.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Financial Institutions and
Covered Bond issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario
(defined as the 99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in
a positive direction) of three notches over a three-year rating
horizon; and a worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative
direction) of four notches over three years. The complete span of
best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating
categories ranges from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario
credit ratings are based on historical performance.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Greystone has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Governance
Structure due to elevated key person risk related to its founder
and CEO, Stephen Rosenberg, who sets the tone, vision and strategy
for the company. An ESG Relevance Score of 4 means Governance
Structure is relevant to Greystone's rating but not a key rating
driver. However, it does have an impact on the rating in
combination with other factors.

Except for the matters discussed above, the highest level of ESG
credit relevance, if present, is a score of 3 - ESG issues are
credit neutral or have only a minimal impact on the entity, either
due to their nature or the way in which they are being managed by
the entity.


GRUPO AEROMEXICO: Nov. 10 Disclosure Statement Hearing Set
----------------------------------------------------------
Grupo Aeromexico, S.A.B. de C.V. on Oct. 18, 2021, disclosed that
(i) the hearing to approve the Disclosure Statement has been
adjourned to Nov. 10, 2021 (originally scheduled for Oct. 21,
2021), (ii) the hearing to confirm the Joint Plan of Reorganization
(the "Plan") has been adjourned to on or around Dec. 13, 2021 (the
"Confirmation Hearing") (originally scheduled for Nov. 29, 2021),
and (iii) the lenders under the Company's DIP financing facility
have agreed to extend the milestone under the DIP Credit Agreement
to reflect the new Confirmation Hearing date.

Aeromexico intends to continue working with its key stakeholders to
finalize the Plan and emerge from chapter 11 as expeditiously as
possible.

                     About Grupo Aeromexico

Grupo Aeromexico, S.A.B. de C.V. (BMV: AEROMEX) --
https://www.aeromexico.com/ -- is a holding company whose
subsidiaries are engaged in commercial aviation in Mexico and the
promotion of passenger loyalty programs.

Aeromexico, Mexico's global airline, has its main hub at Terminal 2
at the Mexico City International Airport.  Its destinations network
features the United States, Canada, Central America, South America,
Asia and Europe.

Grupo Aeromexico and three of its subsidiaries sought Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No. 20-11563) on June 30,
2020.  In the petitions signed by CFO Ricardo Javier Sanchez Baker,
the Debtors reported consolidated assets and liabilities of $1
billion to $10 billion.

The Debtors tapped Davis Polk and Wardell LLP as their bankruptcy
counsel, KPMG Cardenas Dosal S.C. as auditor, and Rothschild & Co
US Inc. and Rothschild & Co Mexico S.A. de C.V. as financial
advisor and investment banker.  White & Case LLP, Cervantes Sainz
S.C. and De la Vega & Martinez Rojas, S.C., serve as the Debtors'
special counsel.  Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC, is the claims
and administrative agent.  

The U.S. Trustee for Region 2 appointed a committee to represent
unsecured creditors on July 13, 2020.  The committee is represented
by Willkie Farr & Gallagher, LLP and Morrison & Foerster, LLP.


GULF COAST: Court Directs Appointment of Patient Care Ombudsman
---------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Karen B. Owens of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District
of Delaware directed the United States Trustee for the District of
Delaware to appoint a Patient Care Ombudsman in the Chapter 11
cases of Gulf Coast Health Care, LLC, and its debtor-affiliates.

The Ombudsman will perform the duties required of a patient care
ombudsman, pursuant to Sections 333(b) and (c) of the Bankruptcy
Code, with respect to the facilities operated by the Debtors, until
the effective date of a chapter 11 plan.

With respect to any particular facility operated by a Debtor, the
Ombudsman shall perform the duties required until the facility is
closed or one of the following events has occurred:

   (a) a confirmed chapter 11 plan applicable to the facility's
operations has gone effective;

   (b) the Debtors' cases have been dismissed;

   (c) the facility's operations have been sold or transferred to a
new operator, and the new operator is the licensed
provider/operator of the subject facility under applicable state
law; or

   (d) a further Court order.

A copy of the order is available for free at https://bit.ly/3DZxq9w
from Epiq, claims agent.

                   About Gulf Coast Health Care

Gulf Coast Health Care is a licensed operator of 28 skilled nursing
facilities comprising nearly 3,350 licensed beds across Florida,
Georgia, and Mississippi.  It provides short-term rehabilitation,
comprehensive  post-acute skilled care, long-term care,  assisted
living, and therapy services in each of their facilities.

Gulf Coast Health Care, LLC, and 61 affiliates sought Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 21-11336) on Oct. 14,
2021.  In the petition signed by Benjamin M. Jones as chief
restructuring officer, Gulf Coast Health Care estimated assets of
between $10 million and $50 million and estimated liabilities of
between $100 million to $500 million.

The cases are handled by Honorable Judge Karen B. Owens.

McDermott Will & Emery LLP is the Debtors' counsel, and Ankura
Consulting Group LLC is the financial advisor.  Epiq is the claims
agent.



HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT: Goldstein Sues Trustee & Tucker Ellis
-------------------------------------------------------------
Rose Krebs of Law360 reports that Goldstein & McClintock LLLP has
hit the liquidating trustee of Hastings Entertainment's bankruptcy
estate and Tucker Ellis LLP with an adversary suit in Delaware
seeking to protect the firm's claim to proceeds from a proposed $2
million settlement to end other litigation filed in the Chapter 11.


In a five-page adversary suit filed Tuesday, Oct. 19, 2021, with
U.S. Bankruptcy Judge John T. Dorsey, Goldstein & McClintock asked
the court to determine the validity of a lien the firm claims it
has against settlement proceeds related to an adversary complaint
filed in 2017 against the multimedia retailer's owner Joel
Weinshanker.

The case is Goldstein & McClintock LLLP v. Hastings Creditors
Liquidating Trust et al, Adv. Pro No. 21-51184 (Bankr. D. Del.).

                     About Draw Another Circle

Draw Another Circle, LLC, and four of its subsidiaries, namely,
Hastings Entertainment, Inc., MovieStop, LLC, SP Images, Inc., and
Hastings Internet, Inc., filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 16-11452) on
June 13, 2016. The petitions were signed by Joel Weinshanker,
manager.  The Debtors estimated assets at $0 to $50,000 and debts
at $50 million to $100 million at the time of the filing.

As of the bankruptcy filing, Hastings operated 123 entertainment
superstores, averaging approximately 24,000 square feet,
principally in medium-sized markets located in 19 states, primarily
in the Northwestern, Midwestern, and Southeastern United States,
and had over 3,500 employees. As of the Petition Date,
Atlanta-based MovieStop operated 39 destination locations in 10
states, primarily along the Eastern United States Coast.

Headquartered in Franklin, Massachusetts, SP Images, Inc., is a
distributor of sports and entertainment products and apparel.
Hastings, MovieStop and SPI are each wholly-owned subsidiaries of
DAC.

The Debtors are represented by Christopher M. Samis, Esq., L.
Katherine Good, Esq., and Chantelle D. McClamb, Esq., at Whiteford,
Taylor & Preston LLC and Cathy Hershcopf, Esq., www.pMichael Klein,
Esq., and Robert Winning, Esq., at Cooley LLP. The Debtors tapped
FTI Consulting as financial advisor, Rust Consulting/Omni
Bankruptcy as claims and noticing agent, and RCS Real Estate
Advisors as lease disposition consultant.

Andrew Vara, acting U.S. Trustee for Region 3, on June 21, 2016,
appointed seven creditors of Draw Another Circle, LLC, to serve on
the official committee of unsecured creditors.  The creditors
committee retained Lowenstein Sandler LLP as counsel, FTI
Consulting, Inc., as financial advisor, and BDO USA, LLP, as
financial advisor.


HAWAIIAN HOLDINGS: Unit Amends Tender Offers
--------------------------------------------
Hawaiian Airlines, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Hawaiian
Holdings, Inc., announced amendments to its (i) offers to purchase
for cash any and all of its 7.375% Series 2020-1A Pass Through
Certificates due 2027 and 11.250% Series 2020-1B Pass Through
Certificates due 2025 and (ii) Consent Solicitations (as defined in
the Offer to Purchase), in each case set forth in the Company's
Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement, dated Sept.
23, 2021.

The Company is amending the Offer to Purchase to increase the
Tender Consideration for each $1,000 pool balance of Certificates
validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) and accepted for
purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase to $1,200, which applies
to all Certificates (including previously tendered Certificates)
that have been tendered and accepted for purchase through the
"Expiration Date".  In addition, the Company has determined to
cease soliciting the Consents (as defined in the Offer to Purchase)
for the Proposed Amendments (as defined in the Offer to Purchase)
and is removing the Consent Solicitations from the Tender Offers.

The "Expiration Date" applicable to the Tender Offers previously
scheduled for 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on Oct. 21, 2021, has
been extended to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on Nov. 1, 2021.
The Company will settle the Tender Offers on the Final Settlement
Date, which is expected to occur on Nov. 4, 2021.

The deadline for withdrawal of tenders of Certificates was 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on Oct. 6, 2021 and remains unchanged.
Certificates that have been tendered or that may be tendered prior
to the Expiration Date pursuant to the Offer to Purchase may no
longer be withdrawn, subject to the requirements of applicable law
(if any).

Other terms of the previously announced Tender Offers remain
unchanged.  Holders of Certificates should read carefully and in
their entirety the Offer to Purchase before deciding whether to
tender.  No further action is required to be taken by holders who
have already tendered Certificates.

The Tender Offers are not conditioned upon any minimum pool balance
of Certificates being tendered.  However, the Tender Offers are
subject to, and conditioned upon, the satisfaction or waiver of
certain conditions described in the Offer to Purchase.  As of
Oct. 18, 2021, 13.20% of the aggregate pool balance of Class A
Certificates and 21.00% of the aggregate pool balance of Class B
Certificates have been tendered for purchase.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is the Dealer Manager in the Tender
Offers.  Global Bondholder Services Corporation has been retained
to serve as the Tender and Information Agent for the Tender Offers.
Persons with questions regarding the Tender Offers should contact
Citigroup at (800) 558-3745 (toll-free) or (212) 723-6106
(collect). Requests for copies of the Offer to Purchase and other
related materials should be directed to Global Bondholder Services
Corporation at (banks or brokers) (212) 430-3774 or (toll free)
(866) 807-2200 or by email to contact@gbsc-usa.com.

None of the Company, the Dealer Manager, the Tender and Information
Agent, the Trustee (as defined in the Offer to Purchase), the
Subordination Agent (as defined in the Offer to Purchase), nor any
of their respective directors, officers, employees or affiliates
makes any recommendation as to whether holders should tender their
Certificates pursuant to the applicable Tender Offer, and no one
has been authorized by any of them to make such a recommendation.
Holders must make their own decisions as to whether to tender their
Certificates, and, if so, the pool balance of Certificates as to
which action is to be taken.

                      About Hawaiian Holdings

Hawaiian Holdings, Inc.'s primary asset is sole ownership of all
issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Hawaiian Airlines,
Inc.  The Company is engaged in the scheduled air transportation of
passengers and cargo amongst the Hawaiian Islands (the Neighbor
Island routes) and between the Hawaiian Islands and certain cities
in the United States (the North America routes together with the
Neighbor Island routes, the Domestic routes), and between the
Hawaiian Islands and the South Pacific, Australia, New Zealand and
Asia (the International routes), collectively referred to as its
Scheduled Operations.

Hawaiian Holdings reported a net loss of $510.93 million for the
year ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to net income of $223.98 million
for the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of June 30, 2021, the Company
had $5.22 billion in total assets, $1.44 billion in total current
liabilities, $1.89 billion in long-term debt, $1.28 billion in
total other liabilities and deferred credits, and $610.47 million
in total shareholders' equity.

                             *   *   *

As reported by the TCR on April 12, 2021, S&P Global Ratings
revised its ratings outlook to positive from negative and affirmed
its 'CCC+' issuer credit rating on Hawaiian Holdings Inc. (parent
of Hawaiian Airlines).  S&P said, "The positive outlook indicates
that we could raise our ratings on Hawaiian if we see sustained
improvements in traffic resulting in funds from operations (FFO) to
debt improving to at least the mid-single-digit-percent area in
2022 and further in 2023, with the company also continuing to
maintain adequate liquidity."


HIGHLAND CAPITAL: Trustee Accuses CEO Dondero of Siphoning Millions
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Dom DiFurio of The Dallas Morning News reports that Highland
Capital Management's trustee is alleging that founder and former
CEO James Dondero 'siphoned' millions owed creditors.

In a new filing during a lengthy legal battle, a Texas bankruptcy
court trustee overseeing Highland Capital Management LP accuses
Dondero and a handful of his business partners of siphoning tens of
millions of dollars from the bankrupt firm and transferring it to
thousands of "lifeboats" — business entities that Dondero owned
and controlled.

That effectively diluted the value of the fund from which creditors
in its bankruptcy were owed money, according to the complaint filed
late Friday, October 15, 2021, in the Northern District of Texas.
The bankruptcy grew out of a long-running dispute over a fund
Highland Capital Management froze during the height of the global
financial crisis when it suffered losses on high-risk loans.

Over the next decade, the complaint alleged, Dondero periodically
transferred millions of dollars out of the fund to benefit him and
his business partners, including co-founder Mark Okada.

Dondero defended himself in a statement provided by spokeswoman
Lucy Bannon.

"The [Highland Capital Management LP] estate is worth at least $550
million today. Bonafide claims against the estate are no more than
$150 million," he said in his statement. "We will be unmasking
those defrauding the court and creating conflict for their own
interests in our response."

Okada, who started a new Dallas investment firm late last year,
said through a spokesman that he also looks forward to defending
himself.

"There are no allegations that Mark engaged in any wrongdoing,"
according to an emailed statement from spokesman Andrew Merrill.
"He acted ethically and appropriately at all times at Highland and
looks forward to defending himself in this litigation."

Highland Capital Management bankruptcy trustee Marc Kirschner is
trying to recover more than $350 million, naming Dondero, Okada and
other executives as defendants as well as investment trusts owned
by Dondero and Okada.

In the complaint, Kirschner alleges that Dondero's companies "were
operated and controlled for Dondero's benefit, with Dondero
utilizing complex corporate structures and transactions to transfer
money and assets between the various Dondero entities in the manner
he viewed most advantageous to his own bottom line."

That included avoiding creditors, exploiting personal tax benefits
and ensuring that assets were "preserved for his benefit and
profits ultimately flowed to him," Kirschner’s complaint said.

Founded by Dondero and Okada in 1993, Highland Capital Management
helped pioneer the trading of speculative corporate loans in the
years leading up to the 2008 recession. In 2007, the fund managed
some $40 billion worth of assets. But it performed poorly through
the Great Recession more than a decade ago, leading to a flurry of
lawsuits from investors.

The decade that followed also saw Dondero engaged in aggressive
litigation against former business partners. The complaint
describes his legal endeavors as "vendettas on employees perceived
as disloyal," which cost Highland Capital millions in legal fees.

"The lifeboats collected the lion's share of the profits for
Highland Capital Management LP's work, while Highland Capital
Management LP bore the majority of expenses," the complaint
alleges.

Highland Capital Management filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in
October 2019, listing as its largest debt a disputed $189 million
claim from investors in Highland Crusader Fund, which had been in
liquidation since the financial crisis.

Amid legal disputes between Dondero and Highland Capital
Management's creditors, Dondero survived being ousted from the
company entirely in 2020 but was stripped of all control of the
firm besides his role as an unsalaried portfolio manager. Dondero
was finally terminated as an employee in October 2020, according to
court filings.

Dondero still runs Highland’s other entities of a similar name,
including Highland Capital Management Fund Advisors.

In February 2021, a court-approved bankruptcy reorganization plan
made Kirschner the litigation trustee of Highland Capital
Management and attempted to shield the firm from future litigation
brought by Dondero.

In March 2021, Dondero was found to be in violation of a
restraining order that required him to stay away from Highland
Capital Management's business affairs.

               About Highland Capital Management

Highland Capital Management LP was founded by James Dondero and
Mark Okada in Dallas in 1993. Highland Capital is the world's
largest non-bank buyer of leveraged loans in 2007. It also manages
collateralized loan obligations. In March 2007, it raised $1
billion to buy distressed loans.  Collateralized loan obligations
are created by bundling together loans and repackaging them into
new securities.

Highland Capital Management, L.P., sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bank. D. Del. Case No. 19-12239) on Oct. 16, 2019. Highland was
estimated to have $100 million to $500 million in assets and
liabilities as of the bankruptcy filing.  

On Dec. 4, 2019, the case was transferred to the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Texas and was assigned a new
case number (Bank. N.D. Tex. Case No. 19-34054). Judge Stacey G. C.
Jernigan is the case judge.

The Debtor's counsel is James E, O'Neill, Esq., at Pachulski Stang
Ziehl & Jones LLP. Foley & Lardner LLP, is special Texas counsel.
Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC is the claims and noticing agent.
Development Specialists Inc. CEO Bradley Sharp is a financial
adviser and restructuring officer.

The Office of the U.S. Trustee appointed a committee of unsecured
creditors on Oct. 29, 2019. The committee tapped Sidley Austin LLP
as bankruptcy counsel; Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor LLP as
co-counsel with Sidley Austin; and FTI Consulting, Inc., as
financial advisor.


HILMORE LLC: Reaches Settlement Agreement with Overseas Food
------------------------------------------------------------
Hilmore LLC submitted a First Amended Disclosure Statement
describing Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization dated October 18,
2021.

The Debtor was formed as a holding entity for real property located
at 536 Hilgard Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90024 (the "Hilgard
Property"). The Hilgard Property is the Debtor's only asset and the
Debtor's operations are limited and include only the maintenance
and management of the Hilgard Property.  

The Hilgard Property is currently occupied by Nasser Javidzad
("Nasser") and his wife ("Mr. and Mrs. Javidzad"), who are the
parents of Steve and Shawn. Mr. and Mrs. Javidzad are the original
owners of the property and have lived at the Hilgard Property since
they purchased it 1996. There is no written or oral lease agreement
between the Debtor and Mr. and Mrs. Javidzad because property has
served as the couple's primary residence for over the last 20
years. The Debtor does not receive monthly rental payments from Mr.
and Mrs. Javidzad, and the Hilgard Property is essentially being
held by the Debtor until it is eventually refinanced or sold in the
future.

         OFD Settlement Agreement

On October 14, 2021, the Debtor entered into a settlement agreement
(the "OFD Settlement Agreement") with Overseas Food Distribution
Inc. ("OFD") and each of the Javidzad Sons to resolve all disputes
related to the prepetition Transfer. Pursuant to the OFD Settlement
Agreement, the parties have agreed that the Javidzad Sons and OFD
will pay and return the entire loan of $300,000.00 (the "Settlement
Sum") to the Debtor's estate. The Settlement Sum will be paid via
wire to the Debtor's debtor-in-possession ("DIP") bank account with
Bank of the West and shall remain on deposit in the DIP bank
account and not be disbursed except upon entry of order by the
Bankruptcy Court or to the terms of a confirmed Plan.

In exchange for the consideration, the parties will receive mutual
release of all claims related to the Transfer effective immediately
upon full payment of the Settlement Sum. The estate and the
Reorganized Debtor reserve all rights with respect to all avoiding
power and other claims in any way related to the Transfer, and in
the event the described settlement is not fully and timely
performed, the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as the case may
be, shall pursue all claims related to the Transfer against OFD and
any subsequent transferee and all other defendants involved in the
Transfer.  

This is a reorganizing Plan, meaning the Debtor will restructure
its financial affairs and retain its Property following
confirmation, making payments to its creditors from new cash
contributed to the bankruptcy estate.

The Amended Disclosure Statement alters the proposed treatment for
unsecured creditors:

     * Class 5 consists of general unsecured claims against the
Debtor, excluding secured claims set forth in Classes 1, 2, 3 and
4, priority tax claims, and Class 6 insider claims. The Debtor
estimates that there is a total of approximately $4,113.58 of Class
5 claims. Allowed Class 5 claimants will be paid in full in one
lump sum payment on the first day of the first full month following
the Effective Date.

     * Class 6 consists of general unsecured insider claims against
the Debtor, excluding secured claims set forth in Classes 1, 2, 3
and 4, Class 5 unsecured claims and priority tax claims. Allowed
Class 6 claimants will not be paid a distribution under the Plan.

The Plan will be funded from the Debtor's cash on hand on the
Effective Date and ongoing capital contributions by each of the
Javidzad Sons. In addition, the Javidzad Sons and their company,
Overseas Food Distribution Inc. ("OFD"), will resolve the estate's
claims against OFD by paying the Debtor the sum of $300,000.00
pursuant to the OFD Settlement Agreement. The payment from OFD
resolves the $300,000.00 in Akhavi loan funds that were transferred
by the Debtor to OFD and any potential claims related to the
transfer. The Debtor estimates that the sum of approximately
$253,307.25 will be necessary to fund the Plan on the Effective
Date.

A full-text copy of the First Amended Disclosure Statement dated
October 18, 2021, is available at https://bit.ly/3G8iibJ from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

General Bankruptcy Counsel for the Debtor:

     Daniel J. Weintraub, Esq.
     James R. Selth, Esq.
     Crystle J. Lindsey, Esq.
     Weintraub & Selth APC
     11766 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1170
     Los Angeles, CA 90025
     Tel: (310) 207-1494
     Fax: (310) 442-0660
     Email: dan@wsrlaw.net

                        About Hilmore LLC

Hilmore LLC, a single asset real estate debtor (as defined in 11
U.S.C. Section 101(51B)), filed its voluntary petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Calif. Case
No. 21-12755) on April 5, 2021.  Shahrokh Javidzad, manager, signed
the petition.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor had between $1
million and $10 million in both assets and liabilities.  Judge
Sheri Bluebond presides over the case.  Weintraub & Selth APC
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


HIRECLUB.COM INC: Gets OK to Hire Belvedere Legal as Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------
HireClub.com, Inc. received approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Northern District of California to employ Belvedere Legal,
a Professional Corporation, to serve as legal counsel in its
Chapter 11 case.

The firm's services include:

     a. representing the Debtor in all matters and proceedings
related to the bankruptcy case other than those particular areas
that may be assigned to special counsel;

     b. representing the Debtor in any manner relevant to a review
of its debts, obligations, maximization of its assets and where
appropriate, disposition thereof;

     c. assisting the Debtor in the operation, reorganization or
liquidation of its business, if appropriate;

     d. assisting the Debtor in the performance of all of its
duties and powers under the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules;
and

     e. assisting the Debtor in dealing with its creditors and
other constituencies, analyzing claims, and formulating and seeking
approval of a plan of reorganization.

Belvedere will be paid at the rate of $495 per hour and reimbursed
for out-of-pocket expenses incurred. The retainer fee is $20,000.

Matthew Metzger, Esq., a partner at Belvedere, disclosed in a court
filing that his firm is a "disinterested person" as the term is
defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Matthew D. Metzger, Esq.
     Belvedere Legal, PC
     1777 Borel Place, Suite 314
     San Mateo, CA 94402
     Tel: (415) 513-5980
     Fax: (415) 513-5985
     Email: mmetzger@belvederelegal.com

                      About HireClub.com Inc.

HireClub.com, Inc. sought protection for relief under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Calif. Case No. 21-30694) on Oct.
11, 2021, listing up to $50,000 in assets and up to $100,000 in
liabilities.  Judge William J. Lafferty oversees the case. Matthew
D. Metzger, Esq., at Belvedere Legal, PC serves as the Debtor's
legal counsel.


JEM HOMES: Seeks to Tap Rivera Law Firm as Legal Counsel
--------------------------------------------------------
JEM Homes International, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Florida to employ
Rivera Law Firm, PA as its legal counsel.

The firm will render these legal services:

     (a) advise the Debtor regarding its powers and duties in the
continued operation of its business operations;

     (b) advise the Debtor regarding its responsibilities in
complying with the U.S. Trustee's Operating Guidelines and
Reporting Requirements and with the rules of the court;

     (c) prepare legal papers;

     (d) protect the interests of the Debtor and the estate in all
matters pending before the court; and

     (e) represent the Debtor in negotiations with its creditors in
the preparation of a Chapter 11 plan.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff are as follows:

     Humberto Rivera, Esq.   $450
     Paralegals              $230

Prior to the petition date, the firm received a retainer of $15,000
from the Debtor.

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursement for expenses
incurred.

Humberto Rivera, Esq., a shareholder of Rivera Law Firm, disclosed
in a court filing that his firm is a "disinterested person" as that
term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Humberto Rivera, Esq.
     Rivera Law Firm, PA
     P.O. Box 211746
     Royal Palm Beach, FL 33421
     Telephone: (786) 529-6060
     Facsimile: (786) 441-4373
     Email: humberto@hriveralaw.com

                   About JEM Homes International

JEM Homes International, LLC, a Fort Pierce, Fla.-based
manufacturer of single-family homes, filed a petition for Chapter
11 protection (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 21-19086) on Sept. 20,
2021, listing up to $50,000 in assets and $1 million to $10 million
in liabilities. Roy Ronel Dan, managing member, signed the
petition. Judge Mindy A. Mora oversees the case.  Rivera Law Firm,
PA, serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


JILL ACQUISITION: Moody's Hikes CFR to Caa1, Outlook Remains Stable
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service upgraded Jill Acquisition LLC's (J.Jill)
ratings, including the corporate family rating to Caa1 from Caa2,
probability of default rating to Caa1-PD from Caa2-PD and senior
secured term loan rating to B3 from Caa1. The SGL-3 speculative
grade liquidity rating remains unchanged and the outlook remains
stable.

The upgrades reflect J.Jill's improving liquidity and operating
performance, driven by the recovery in apparel spending among its
core demographic and margin expansion due to low inventory levels
and very limited promotions across the industry.

"We expect continued recovery in the second half of 2021 to be
supported by increased year-over-year store traffic and low
discounting due to the company's focus on managing inventory
levels, offset by rising input costs and supply chain bottlenecks,"
said Moody's Vice President and senior analyst, Raya Sokolyanska.

Moody's took the following rating actions for Jill Acquisition
LLC:

Corporate family rating, upgraded to Caa1 from Caa2

Probability of default rating, upgraded to Caa1-PD from Caa2-PD

Senior secured bank credit facility due 2024, upgraded to B3
(LGD3) from Caa1 (LGD3)

Outlook, remains stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

The Caa1 CFR is constrained by J.Jill's high business risk.
Although operating performance is improving, the company remains
subject to changes in apparel demand and rising raw material, labor
and freight costs and has a history of volatile operating
performance prior to the pandemic. The rating also incorporates
J.Jill's exposure to fashion risk and high competition in the
women's apparel sector. Further, the rating reflects governance
considerations, specifically the aggressive financial strategies
associated with majority ownership by private equity sponsor,
Towerbrook Partners, including the 2020 distressed exchange and
previously, the special dividend paid in early 2019. In addition,
as a retailer, J.Jill needs to make ongoing investments in social
and environmental factors, including responsible sourcing, product
and supply sustainability, privacy and data protection.

J.Jill's rating is supported by the company's recognized brand and
loyal customer base. Moody's expects J.Jill's credit metrics to
improve over the next 12-18 months, with Moody's-adjusted
debt/EBITDA declining to 3.6x from 4.7x, and EBITA/interest expense
increasing to 1.9x from 1.1x, driven by earnings recovery and the
Q3 2021 term loan paydown. Liquidity is adequate, including
projected positive free cash flow, access its relatively small but
undrawn $40 million ABL, and adequate covenant cushion.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations for adequate
liquidity and continued revenue and EBITDA recovery.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be downgraded if earnings deteriorate or
liquidity weakens for any reason, including negative free cash flow
or a low covenant cushion.

The ratings could be upgraded if revenues and earnings continue to
improve and the company has good liquidity, including solid cash
generation and revolver availability. An upgrade would require
debt/EBITDA to be sustained below 4 times and EBITA/interest
expense above 1.5 times.

Headquartered in Quincy, Massachusetts, Jill Acquisition LLC, a
subsidiary of J.Jill, Inc. is a retailer of women's apparel,
footwear and accessories sold through its e-commerce website,
catalogs and over 250 retail stores. The company is publicly traded
but majority-owned by TowerBrook Capital Partners L.P. J.Jill
generated revenues of about $531 million for the twelve months
ended July 31, 2021.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Retail Industry
published in May 2018.


KOSMOS ENERGY: Moody's Rates New $400MM Sr. Unsecured Notes 'B3'
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B3 rating to Kosmos Energy
Ltd.'s proposed $400 million guaranteed senior unsecured notes due
2027. Kosmos Energy's other ratings, including its B2 Corporate
Family Rating, and positive outlook were unchanged.

Net proceeds from this debt offering will be used the repay the
bridge facility the company had previously used to close the
acquisition of certain Ghana assets on October 13, 2021.

Assignments:

Issuer: Kosmos Energy Ltd.

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned B3 (LGD5)

RATINGS RATIONALE

The proposed guaranteed senior unsecured notes will rank pari passu
with the company's existing 2026 and 2028 senior unsecured notes
and hence were rated at the same B3 level. The notes will also rank
equally with the unsecured corporate revolving credit facility
(unrated) in right of payment to the notes. The senior notes are
rated B3 and notched below the B2 CFR given their unsecured claim
to the company's assets, including their subordinated position to
the secured term loan facility and the secured RBL facility.

Kosmos Energy's B2 CFR reflects its high but improving financial
leverage, substantial ongoing capital spending requirements
involving the large Tortue LNG project, significant debt
amortization obligations starting in 2024, and somewhat complex
corporate and capital structure. The rating also considers the
company's non-operating interest in several key assets, deepwater
focus and the attendant physical and operational risks, and
majority production in offshore West Africa. The CFR is supported
by Kosmos Energy's high-quality and oil-focused producing assets
that have low break-even costs and relatively low base decline
rates, geographic diversification across several West African
countries and the US Gulf of Mexico, a solid track record of
organic and acquisition-driven growth and a visible pipeline of
low-risk development projects. Moody's expects financial leverage
to decline and free cash flow to increase materially through 2023
as the company benefits from increased volumes, higher average oil
prices and the completion of Tortue Phase-1.

The positive outlook reflects the company's improving scale, free
cash flow generation capability and growth runway following the
Ghana acquisition in a robust oil and gas price environment.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

The CFR could be upgraded if the company can reduce debt, sustain
the debt/average daily production below $30,000/boe and the
RCF/debt ratio above 25% while maintaining good liquidity. The CFR
could be downgraded if the company produces significant negative
free cash flow, the RCF/debt ratio declines towards 15%, capital
expenditures rise sharply or liquidity becomes weak.

Kosmos Energy Ltd. is a Dallas, Texas based publicly traded
exploration and production company with assets in offshore West
Africa and the US Gulf of Mexico.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Independent
Exploration and Production published in August 2021.


LAMB WESTON: Moody's Rates New $835MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'Ba3'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a Ba3 rating to Lamb Weston
Holdings, Inc.'s $835 million of 8-year proposed senior unsecured
notes and $835 million of 10-year proposed senior unsecured notes
both being offered by Lamb Weston. Moody's expects the proposed
senior unsecured notes to be pari passu to Lamb Weston's existing
senior unsecured notes due 2024, 2026, and 2028. Lamb Weston's Ba2
Corporate Family Rating, Ba2-PD Probability of Default Rating, Ba3
rating on the company's existing senior unsecured notes, and
Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating of SGL-3 remain unchanged. The
outlook is stable.

Net proceeds from the issuance will be used to refinance the
company's existing $833 million senior unsecured notes due 2024 and
its $833 million senior unsecured notes due 2026. Moody's plans to
withdraw the Ba3 ratings on these notes once they are repaid. The
offering is credit positive because it extends the company's
maturity position without materially affecting cash interest
expense. The Ba2 CFR and stable outlook are not affected because
the offering has minimal effect on Lamb Weston's leverage and cash
flow from operations. The SGL-3 liquidity rating is not affected
because it is driven more by modest prospective covenant cushion
than upcoming maturities.

The following ratings/assessments are affected by the action:

New Assignments:

Issuer: Lamb Weston Holdings, Inc.

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned Ba3 (LGD4)

RATINGS RATIONALE

Lamb Weston's Ba2 CFR reflects the company's leading North America
market position and top-tier global market position in value-added
frozen potato products--a category with attractive operating profit
margins and good long-term global growth prospects. The rating is
further supported by the company's established track record of
stable operating performance. The company's credit profile is
constrained by its narrow business focus, relatively high customer
and supply concentrations, and somewhat limited financial
flexibility due to high capital expenditures. Cost pressures are
likely to push gross debt-to-EBITDA leverage above 5x over the next
12 months. Moody's nevertheless expects earnings from the new
production capacity, pricing increase and cost mitigation efforts
will ultimately reduce gross debt-to-EBITDA to a mid 4x range by
the end of calendar 2023.

Lamb Weston's SGL-3 speculative grade liquidity rating reflects the
company's adequate liquidity because of lower projected headroom
under the financial maintenance covenants. The company amended the
net debt-to-EBITDA covenant to 5.0x with a step down to 4.75x on
February 23, 2025. Covenant leverage includes cash distributions
from joint ventures. Cash on hand of $790 million as of August 29,
2021 and the undrawn $1 billion revolver expiring August 2026
provides ample support for business operations through the
coronavirus pandemic and low yielding potato crop, assuming a
recovery in the fiscal year ending May 2023. Moody's expects that
the company will generate negative annual free cash flow in fiscal
years 2022 and 2023 and positive annual free cash flow beginning in
fiscal 2024, assuming the current dividend remains in place. The
next major debt maturities are the $270 million senior secured term
A-1 facility due in June 2024 and the $309 million senior secured
term A-2 facility due April 2025.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Lamb Weston is especially exposed to extreme weather because of its
reliance on a single crop input from a concentrated producing
region in the Pacific Northwest. Extreme weather conditions may
negatively impact crop yield and quality, driving up input costs.

Moody's regards the coronavirus outbreak as a social risk under its
ESG framework, given the substantial implications for public health
and safety. Other social risks exist in the context of changing
consumer preferences that could lead to a shift in traffic away
from QSRs and other restaurants -- key customers for value-added
potato products. Foodservice away from home, which represents 80%
of Lamb Weston's sales, is among the sectors most negatively
affected by the coronavirus pandemic. Product safety and recalls
are also key risks that can be elevated where assets become
strained or under-maintained.

As a company with public-investor and board of directors'
oversight, and relatively conservative financial policy, Lamb
Weston's governance is good. Lamb Weston's targets a net
debt-to-EBITDA leverage of 3.5x-4.0x (based on the company's
calculation) that Moody's considers moderate for a food company.
The company estimates net debt-to-EBITDA including joint venture
earnings was 2.9x as of August 29, 2021. Covenant leverage is
somewhat higher because it includes only cash distributions from
joint ventures.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The stable outlook reflects Moody's view that Lamb Weston will be
able to reduce gross debt-to-EBITDA leverage below 5x in the next
18 months as price increases offset inflationary headwinds and a
better yielding potato crop in calendar year 2022 drive a
significant improvement in EBITDA. Moody's also expects the company
will maintain sufficient cash and unused revolver capacity to fund
cash needs including the heavy capital spending program and
dividend.

Ratings could be upgraded if Lamb Weston sustains relatively stable
operating performance, generates consistent and comfortably
positive free cash flow, and debt/EBITDA is sustained below 4.0x.

Ratings could be downgraded if the company is unable to mitigate
inflationary cost pressures, crop yields remain weak, or operating
performance otherwise deteriorates. Debt/EBITDA sustained above
5.0x or a deterioration in liquidity could also lead to a
downgrade.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Consumer
Packaged Goods Methodology published in February 2020.

Lamb Weston Holdings, Inc., based in Eagle, Idaho, manufactures and
sells value-added frozen potato products. The company's products,
which include french fries and other cut, chopped, and formed
potato products, are primarily sold to restaurant chains and
foodservice distributors. Annual net sales for the publicly traded
company (NYSE: LW) are approximately $3.8 billion.


LORNA JANE: Seeks to Tap Invenz Inc. as Restructuring Advisor
-------------------------------------------------------------
Lorna Jane USA, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Central District of California to employ Invenz, Inc. and
designate Invenz CEO Richard Munro as its chief restructuring
officer.

As CRO, Mr. Munro will provide, among others, these services to the
Debtor:

  (1) management of the financial affairs of the Debtor;

  (2) supervision of the administration of the Debtor's Chapter 11
case;

  (3) assistance in evaluating and pursuing bankruptcy avoidance
claims and other litigation claims;

  (4) assistance and coordination with the Debtor's counsel with
respect to the preparation of pleadings for proceedings in the
Debtor's case;

  (5) review and evaluation of pleadings, financial reports and
other documents filed by creditors or parties-in-interest in the
Debtor's Chapter 11 case;

  (6) review and evaluation of claims asserted against the Debtor
and the resolution of disputed claims asserted against the Debtor;

  (7) appearance at any proceedings or hearings in this court, as
appropriate;

  (8) assistance to the Debtor's counsel in the negotiation,
formulation, confirmation, and implementation of a Chapter 11
plan;

  (9) communicating with creditors, the Subchapter V Trustee, any
official committee of unsecured creditors that may be appointed in
the Debtor's case and with other parties-in-interest in the
Debtor's case; and

  (10) performance of the services typical of a CRO in a Chapter 11
case, and such other services as may be mutually agreed upon by the
Debtor and Invenz in furtherance of a resolution of this case.

Mr. Munro will be compensated as follows:

  (a) monthly fee of not greater than $48,000;

  (b) reimbursement of expenses incurred; and

  (c) pre-bankruptcy retainer payment of $225,000.

Other Invenz personnel will be billed as follows:

  (a) hourly rates of between $95 and $350;

  (b) one-tenth of an hour increments;

  (c) reimbursement of expenses incurred; and

  (d) retainer balance.
  
Mr. Munro disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a
"disinterested person" as that term is defined in Section 101(14)
of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Richard Munro
     Invenz, Inc.
     27481 Ganso
     Mission Viejo, CA 92691
     Telephone: (949) 910-6600
     Email: richard@invenz.com

                       About Lorna Jane USA

Lorna Jane USA, Inc., a Gardena, Calif.-based company in the
clothing stores industry, filed a petition for Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. C.D. Calif. Case No. 21-17267) on Sept. 16,
2021, listing total assets of $6,784,662 and total liabilities of
$48,645,663. Richard Munro, chief restructuring officer, signed the
petition.

Judge Neil W. Bason oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Winthrop Golubow Hollander, LLP as bankruptcy
counsel; FSG Lawyers, PC as special corporate and litigation
counsel; and Invenz, Inc. as restructuring advisor.  Invenz CEO
Richard Munro serves as the Debtor's chief restructuring officer.


LORNA JANE: Seeks to Taps FSG Lawyers as Special Counsel
--------------------------------------------------------
Lorna Jane USA, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Central District of California to employ FSG Lawyers, PC as
its special counsel.

FSG Lawyers will advise and assist the Debtor with respect to
corporate compliance matters; labor and employment related issues;
claims relating to ADA compliance; the development and
documentation of corporate marketing and sales programs; and
ongoing lease issues.  The firm will also serve as litigation
counsel, as necessary.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff are as follows:

     Shareholders                     $400 - $550
     Associate Attorneys              $200 - $400
     Of Counsel Attorneys             $250 - $500
     Legal Assistants and Paralegals   $85 - $195

The Debtor paid the firm a pre-bankruptcy retainer of $50,000.

Bryan Friedman, Esq., a shareholder of FSG Lawyers, disclosed in a
court filing that his firm is a "disinterested person" as that term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Bryan Friedman, Esq.
     FSG Lawyers PC
     19800 MacArthur Boulevard, Suite 1100
     Irvine, CA 92612
     Telephone: (949) 265-1100
     Facsimile: (949) 265-1199
     Email: bfriedman@fsglawyers.com

                       About Lorna Jane USA

Lorna Jane USA, Inc., a Gardena, Calif.-based company in the
clothing stores industry, filed a petition for Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. C.D. Calif. Case No. 21-17267) on Sept. 16,
2021, listing total assets of $6,784,662 and total liabilities of
$48,645,663. Richard Munro, chief restructuring officer, signed the
petition.

Judge Neil W. Bason oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Winthrop Golubow Hollander, LLP as bankruptcy
counsel; FSG Lawyers, PC as special corporate and litigation
counsel; and Invenz, Inc. as restructuring advisor.  Invenz CEO
Richard Munro serves as the Debtor's chief restructuring officer.


LORNA JANE: Taps Winthrop Golubow Hollander as Bankruptcy Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Lorna Jane USA, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Central District of California to employ Winthrop Golubow
Hollander, LLP as its legal counsel.

The firm will render these legal services:

     (a) advise and assist the Debtor with respect to compliance
with the requirements of the Office of the United States Trustee;

     (b) advise the Debtor regarding matters of bankruptcy law;

     (c) represent the Debtor in any proceedings or hearings in
this bankruptcy court and in any proceedings in any other court
where the Debtor's rights under the Bankruptcy Code may be
litigated or affected;

     (d) conduct examinations of witnesses, claimants, or adverse
parties and prepare, and assist the Debtor in the preparation of
reports, accounts, and pleadings related to the Debtor's case;

     (e) advise the Debtor concerning the requirements of the
Bankruptcy Code, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and the
Local Bankruptcy Rules;

     (f) file any motions, applications or other pleadings
appropriate to effectuate the Debtor's reorganization;

     (g) review claims filed in the Debtor's case, and, if
appropriate, prepare and file objections to disputed claims;

     (h) assist the Debtor in the negotiation, formulation,
confirmation, and implementation of its Chapter 11 plan;

     (i) take such other action and perform such other services as
the Debtor may require of the firm in connection with its case;
and

     (j) address any other bankruptcy-related issues that may arise
in the Debtor's case.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff are as follows:

     Marc J. Winthrop, Esq.            $795
     Robert E. Opera, Esq.             $795
     Sean A. O'Keefe, Of Counsel       $795
     Richard H. Golubow, Esq.          $695
     Garrick A. Hollander, Esq.        $695
     Peter W. Lianides, Esq.           $695
     Elizabeth Fiechter, Of Counsel    $695
     Robert Karr, Legal Assistant      $325
     P.J. Marksbury, Legal Assistant   $325
     Meir Weinberg, Legal Assistant    $325
     Jeannie Martinez, Legal Assistant $250
     Legal Assistant Associates        $150

The Debtor provided to the firm pre-bankruptcy payments including
retainer payments that aggregate $298,359.70.

Richard Golubow, Esq., a partner at Winthrop Golubow Hollander,
disclosed in a court filing that his firm is a "disinterested
person" as that term is defined in Section 101(14) of the
Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Richard H. Golubow, Esq.
     Peter W. Lianides, Esq.
     Winthrop Golubow Hollander, LLP
     1301 Dove Street, Suite 500
     Newport Beach, CA 92660
     Telephone: (949) 720-4100
     Facsimile: (949) 720-4111
     Email: rgolubow@wghlawyers.com
            plianides@wghlawyers.com

                       About Lorna Jane USA

Lorna Jane USA, Inc., a Gardena, Calif.-based company in the
clothing stores industry, filed a petition for Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. C.D. Calif. Case No. 21-17267) on Sept. 16,
2021, listing total assets of $6,784,662 and total liabilities of
$48,645,663. Richard Munro, chief restructuring officer, signed the
petition.

Judge Neil W. Bason oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Winthrop Golubow Hollander, LLP as bankruptcy
counsel; FSG Lawyers, PC as special corporate and litigation
counsel; and Invenz, Inc. as restructuring advisor.  Invenz CEO
Richard Munro serves as the Debtor's chief restructuring officer.


LOUISIANA CRANE: Disclosures Hearing Continued to Oct. 26
---------------------------------------------------------
The Bankruptcy Court has entered an order that the hearing on the
Disclosure Statement of Louisiana Crane & Construction, LLC is
continued until Oct. 26, 2021 at 2:30 p.m. to be heard before the
Honorable John Kolwe, United States Bankruptcy Court, Western
District of Louisiana, virtually, using WebEx video conferencing.

In an Oct. 13 filing seeking a 21-day extension of the hearing, the
Debtor explained that a number of objections to the Disclosure
Statement have been filed and the Debtor, while noting the
objections to be largely Plan issues, will file an amended
Disclosure Statement to address most if not all of the issues that
have been asserted.  The Debtor plans to circulate the revised Plan
and Disclosure Statement on Friday, October 15, 2021 and will
canvas the objectors to see what remaining Disclosure Statement
issues exist.    

Counsel for the Debtor:

     Douglas S. Draper
     Leslie A. Collins
     Greta M. Brouphy
     Heller, Draper & Horn, LLC
     650 Poydras Street, Suite 2500
     New Orleans, Louisiana 70130
     Telephone: 504-299-3300
     Fax: 504-299-3399
     E-mail: ddraper@hellerdraper.com
             lcollins@hellerdraper.com
             gbrouphy@hellerdraper.com

                      About Louisiana Crane

Louisiana Crane & Construction, LLC, is a Eunice, La.-based
supplier of traditional crane services and general oilfield
construction, pipeline, plant maintenance, rotating equipment, and
millwright services.

Louisiana Crane & Construction sought protection under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. La. Case No. 21-50198) on April
6, 2021.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor had between $10
million and $50 million in both assets and liabilities.  Judge John
W. Kolwe oversees the case. Heller, Draper & Horn, LLC is the
Debtor's legal counsel while Darnall Sikes & Frederick serves as
its accountant.


LOVE BITES: May Use Up to $73,378 of Cash Collateral Thru Nov. 5
----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Teresa H. Pearson of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Oregon authorized Love Bites by Carnie, Inc. to use
cash collateral of up to $73,378, pursuant to the budget, for the
interim period from October 8 through 5 p.m. on November 5, 2021.

As adequate protection, lien creditors are granted a perfected lien
and security interest on all property of the Debtor, of the same
nature and kind as secured by the Lien Creditor's claim on the
Petition Date, provided that such replacement lien shall not attach
to avoidance actions under Chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Lien Creditors who may assert a lien on the cash collateral are (i)
Albina Community Bank, nka Beneficial State Bank; (ii) Financial
Pacific Leasing, Inc.; and (iii) Tri-Country Industrial Parks # 6
LLC.  Other Lien Creditors who have filed UCC financing statements
but does not have, according to the Debtor, an interest in the cash
collateral, include: (a) Amur Equipment Finance; (b) Blue Bridge
Financial LLC; (c) Garret Sign Company, Inc.; (d) Mintaka Financial
LLC; (e) Quality Leasing Co. Inc.; and (f) Timepayment
Corporation.

Moreover, the Debtor shall make adequate protection payments of
$7,981 per month to Beneficial State Bank for the 1586 Note
beginning on November 4, 2021 and on the fourth day for each month
outlined in the budget.  

A copy of the interim order and the approved budget is available
for free at https://bit.ly/3FSDlyZ from PacerMonitor.com.

                 About Love Bites by Carnie, Inc.

Love Bites by Carnie, Inc. manufactures sugar and confectionery
products. The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ore. Case No. 21-32073) on October 11,
2021. In the petition signed by Tiffany Miller, chief executive
officer, the Debtor disclosed $721,448 in assets and $3,635,699 in
liabilities.

Judge David W. Hercher oversees the case.

Douglas R. Ricks, Esq., at Vanden Bos and Chapman, LLP is the
Debtor's counsel.





LRS HOLDINGS: $123MM Term Loan Add-on No Impact on Moody's B3 CFR
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service said that LRS Holdings, LLC's planned
add-on of $123 million to its first lien term loan is credit
negative. However, the company's ratings, including the B3 senior
secured and B3 corporate family rating, and stable outlook are
unaffected at this time. Proceeds of incremental term loan will be
used primarily to fund a portion of the purchase price for six
bolt-on acquisitions (of which some have closed) and term-out
borrowings of $27 million on the revolving credit facility.
Following the add-on, the aggregate size of the company's first
lien term loan (due 2028) will increase to $446 million. The
acquisitions are expected to close within the next thirty days.

Moody's views the transaction as credit negative because it will
increase the company's funded debt by nearly 40% within just two
months, driven by an aggressive acquisitive growth strategy, and
adds execution risks. The acquisitions contemplated in the
transaction/financing are in addition to twelve acquisitions
completed over the past year through June 2021, with seven closed
just in 2021. Moody's notes LRS has yet to demonstrate a track
record of positive earnings and free cash flow (measured as cash
flow from operations less capital expenditures less dividends),
albeit constrained in part by growth capital investments.

Nonetheless, the ratings remain unchanged because Moody's expects
the transaction will be about leverage neutral. Moody's expects pro
forma debt-to-EBITDA (with Moody's standard adjustments) to exceed
5x, excluding planned acquisition synergies, but also expects the
ratio to moderate to a mid 4x range over the next year. This would
be aided by recent contract wins, ongoing efficiency initiatives
and earnings realization from completed acquisitions, which should
drive higher EBITDA. With good execution, the company could achieve
its targeted acquisition synergies over the next 12 to 18 months.
Moody's also expects LRS to maintain adequate liquidity, with
modest cash balances offset by expectations of ample revolver
availability and free cash flow turning modestly positive on higher
earnings over the next year.

The acquisitions align with LRS' core solid waste management
services and strategy to expand further into Illinois and the
adjacent US Midwest states, while also adding certain key assets
(e.g. transfer assets and landfills) that should improve its waste
internalization and enhance vertical integration. Due to the
company's modest scale and fragmented operating landscape,
acquisitive growth is likely to continue. The business model
benefits from steady solid waste volumes, stringent environmental
regulations around waste disposal and contracts of 3 to 5 years on
average with long term customers, which drive a recurring revenue
base.

LRS Holdings, LLC (aka Lakeshore Recycling Systems), headquartered
in Morton Grove, Illinois, provides waste collection, disposal and
recycling services for residential, commercial and roll-off
customers in Chicago, Wisconsin and surrounding regions primarily
in the US Midwest. LRS also provides adjacent ancillary services of
street sweeping and renting portable restrooms for construction
sites, parks and outdoor events. Net revenue approximated $245
million for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2021, on a
reported basis. Pro forma for recent transactions closed within the
same period and the aforementioned acquisitions, net revenue
approaches $400 million. LRS Holdings, LLC became a portfolio
company of a private infrastructure fund affiliated with Macquarie
in August 2021.


LSC FURNITURE: Seeks to Hire E. P. Bud Kirk as Legal Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------
LSC Furniture, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Western District of Texas to hire the Law Office of E.P.
Bud Kirk to serve as legal counsel in its Chapter 11 case.

The firm's services include:

     a. providing the Debtor with legal advice regarding its powers
and duties, the continued operation of its business and management
of its properties;

     b. preparing legal documents;

     c. assisting the Debtor in the formulation and negotiation of
a Chapter 11 plan with its creditors;

     d. reviewing all presently pending litigation in which the
Debtor is a participant, recommending settlement of such litigation
if it is in the best interest of the estate, and making an
appearance as lead trial counsel in litigation which the firm
believes should be continued;

     e. examining all tax claims filed against the Debtor,
contesting any excessive amounts claimed therein, and structuring
the payment of allowed taxes which conforms to Bankruptcy Code and
Rules; and

     f. performing all other necessary legal services.

The firm's hourly rates are as follows:

     E.P. Bud Kirk (Attorney)           $300 per hour
     Kathryn A. McMillan (Paralegal)    $125 hour
     Maura Casas (Paralegal)            $90 hour

A retainer of $5,171 was paid to the firm upon the filing of the
bankruptcy proceedings.  Prior to the filing, the Debtor paid
$3,748 to the firm for pre-bankruptcy services actually rendered.

E.P. Bud Kirk, Esq., disclosed in a court filing that his firm is a
"disinterested person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of
the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     E.P. Bud Kirk, Esq.
     Law Office of E.P. Bud Kirk
     600 Sunland Park Drive, Suite 400
     El Paso, TX 79912
     Tel: (915) 584-3773
     Fax: (915) 581-3452
     Email: budkirk@aol.com

                      About LSC Furniture LLC

LSC Furniture, LLC sought protection for relief under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 21-30773) on Oct.
15, 2021, listing up to $500,000 in assets and up to $1 million in
liabilities.  Judge H Christopher Mott oversees the case.  The Law
Office of E.P. Bud Kirk serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


MAGELLAN HOME-GOODS: Gets OK to Tap Northstar Tax as Accountant
---------------------------------------------------------------
Magellan Home-Goods, Ltd received approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Washington to employ Northstar
Tax & Accounting as its accountant.

The Debtor needs the assistance of an accountant for tax
preparation and business consulting services.

The hourly rates of the firm's professionals are as follows:

     Partners       $275
     Tax Director   $225
     Tax Manager    $175

David Romano, a partner at Northstar Tax & Accounting, disclosed in
a court filing that he does not represent interests adverse to the
Debtor's estate.

The firm can be reached through:

     David Romano, CPA
     Northstar Tax & Accounting
     2120 Bickford Ave.
     Snohomish, WA 98290
     Telephone: (425) 379-8085
     Email: info@northstartaxes.com

                    About Magellan Home-Goods

Magellan Home-Goods Ltd, doing business as Magellan Home Goods,
sells patented home goods and small appliances manufactured
offshore to retail consumers in the United States.  The company is
based in Blaine, Wash.

Magellan Home-Goods sought protection under Subchapter V of Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Wash. Case No. 21-11413) on
July 24, 2021, listing $2,324,758 in total assets and $2,063,752 in
total liabilities. Judge Marc Barreca oversees the case while
Geoffrey Groshong is the Subchapter V trustee appointed in the
case.

The Debtor tapped Neeleman Law Group, PC as legal counsel and
Northstar Tax & Accounting as accountant.


MASSOOD DANESH: Wins Cash Collateral Access Thru Nov 19
-------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas,
Houston Division, has authorized Massood Danesh Pajooh, County
Investment L.P., and U.S. Capital Investments LLC to use cash
collateral on an interim basis in accordance with the budget and
provide partial adequate protection.

As of the Petition Date, Pajooh and CILP were indebted to the
CommunityBank of Texas, N.A. under no less than four separate
prepetition credit agreements. The Debtors' obligations under the
Prepetition Loans are evidenced by the certain loan and security
documents.

The Court says CBT and the Debtors may agree to other terms of use
of Cash Collateral in writing filed with the Court. CBT and the
Debtors may also stipulate and agree to extend the terms and/or
duration of this Interim Order in writing filed with the Court. Any
legal and professional fees set forth in the Budget remain subject
to interim and final allowance by this Court and remain subject to
all applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy
Local Rules, including, but not limited to Sections 327 and 330 of
the Bankruptcy Code.

As partial adequate protection and in the same priority and to the
same extent and validity as existed prepetition, CBT is granted:
(a) automatic perfected replacement liens on all Rental Proceeds,
accounts, and receivables related to the use or occupancy of the
Real Properties that are now owned or hereafter acquired by Pajooh
or CILP; and, (b) superpriority administrative claims, subordinate
only to: (i) quarterly fees due to the United States Trustee
pursuant to 28 U.S.C. section 1930(a)(6); and, (ii)  reasonable and
necessary fees and expenses incurred by the Subchapter V Trustee
and professionals retained by the Debtors and/or any statutory
committee(s) appointed under Section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code,
but only insofar as such Estate Professional Fees have been allowed
pursuant to a final order entered by the Bankruptcy Court, and
provided further that the Superpriority Claims will only be
subordinated to the first $100,000 of Allowed Estate Professional
Fees.

As additional partial adequate protection for use of the
Prepetition Collateral and the Collateral, CILP will make monthly
payments to CBT in the aggregate amount of $13,992.78, which will
be applied to post-petition, contract-rate interest on the
Prepetition Loans pursuant to the terms of the applicable
Prepetition Loan Documents.

However, within 10 days after the entry of the Interim Order, the
Debtors will also make a payment to CBT in the amount $13,541.40,
which will be applied to September 2021 contract-rate interest on
the Prepetition Loans pursuant to the terms of the applicable
Prepetition Loan Documents. The first Payment of post-September
interest will be due and payable on or before October 15, 2021, and
each subsequent Payment will be due and payable on the 15th day of
every month thereafter.

CBT consents to the Debtors' use of Cash Collateral to pay the U.S.
Trustee's quarterly fees as they become due.

The Replacement Liens are valid, perfected, enforceable and
effective as of the Petition Date without the need for any further
action by the Debtors or CBT, or the necessity of execution or
filing of any instruments or agreements.

The Debtors' right to use Cash Collateral will expire and the
Debtors will immediately cease using Cash Collateral upon the
earlier of: (a) the occurrence of an uncured or incurable
Termination Event that is not otherwise timely cured by the Debtors
or waived in writing by CBT; or, (b) 11:59 p.m. on November 19,
2021, in the event the Court has failed to enter a final order on
the Motion.

A final hearing on the matter is scheduled for November 16 at 1
p.m.

A copy of the order, the monthly budget for CILP, and Pajooh's
individual budget expenses is available at https://bit.ly/3nd7Iay
from PacerMonitor.com.

CILP projects $57,000 in total income and $57,411.78 in total
expenses and debt service.

Pajooh projects $7,292 in total expenses.

                    About Massood Danesh Pajooh

Massood Danesh Pajooh and affiliates each filed a voluntary
petition for relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 21-32932) on September
3, 2021.
  
Judge Christopher Lopez oversees the jointly administered cases.

Pendergraft and Simon, LLP represents the Debtors as counsel.

CommunityBank of Texas, N.A., as lender, is represented by Winstead
PC.



METROPOLITAN REAL ESTATE: Seeks 30-Day Cash Access Thru Nov. 15
---------------------------------------------------------------
Metropolitan Real Estate Investment Group, LLC asks the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Maryland to authorize use of
cash collateral (consisting of rent income from its residential
properties) for a 30-day period through and including November 15,
2021, to pay for ordinary and necessary expenses according to a
proposed budget.  The budget for the interim period provided for
$7,360 in total expenses, a copy of which is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3ng2JWy from PacerMonitor.com.  

As of the Petition Date, lender, PS Funding, Inc. asserts $744,422
as owing under a Promissory Note and Loan Agreement dated March 2,
2020 which the Debtor executed in favor of the Lender.  The
prepetition debt is secured by first priority liens against the
Debtor's residential properties, pursuant to a Deed of Trust,
Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture
Filing dated March 4, 2020.

The U.S. Small Business Administration has a blanket lien on
substantially all of the Debtor's assets.  The Lender, however, has
a superior interest in the Debtor's accounts.

As adequate protection, the Debtor proposes to pay the Lender
$2,450 no later than November 5, 2021, without prejudice to the
Lender's right to seek additional adequate protection.  The Debtor
also proposes to grant the Lender a replacement lien on the same
assets and in the same priority of its prepetition liens.

A copy of the motion is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3jkrP5Q from PacerMonitor.com.

The Court will consider the motion at a hearing, by videoconference
or teleconference, on November 2, 2021 at 2 p.m.

                  About Metropolitan Real Estate
                       Investment Group, LLC

Metropolitan Real Estate Investment Group, LLC is the fee simple
owner of three real properties located in Maryland having a total
comparable sale value of $1.09 million.  The Debtor filed a Chapter
11 petition (Bankr. D. Md. Case No. 21-16509) on October 15, 2021,
listing $1,104,500 in total assets and $1,055,278 in total
liabilities.  The petition was signed by Pantaleon Ebai, its
president.

Judge Thomas J. Catliota is assigned to the case.

McNamee, Hosea, Jernigan, Kim, Greenan & Lynch, P.A. serves as the
Debtor's counsel.



METROPOLITAN REAL ESTATE: Taps McNamee Hosea as Bankruptcy Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------------
Metropolitan Real Estate Investment Group, LLC seeks approval from
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Maryland to hire
McNamee Hosea, P.A. to serve as legal counsel in its Chapter 11
case.

The firm's services include:

   a) preparing and filing the Debtor's bankruptcy schedules,
statement of affairs and other documents required by the court;

   b) representing the Debtor at the initial interview and meeting
of creditors;

   c) advising the Debtor in connection with the formulation,
negotiation and promulgation of a plan of reorganization and
related documents;

   d) assisting in the negotiation and documentation of financing
agreements, debt restructurings and related transactions;

   e) reviewing the validity of liens asserted against the Debtor's
property and advising the Debtor concerning the enforceability of
such liens;

   f) preparing legal documents and reviewing all financial reports
to be filed in the case; and

   g) performing all other necessary legal services.

The firm's hourly rates are as follows:

     Partners       $375 per hour
     Associates     $325 per hour
     Paralegals     $105 per hour

McNamee will also receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred.

Steven Goldberg, Esq., a principal at Mcnamee, disclosed in a court
filing that his firm is a "disinterested person" as the term is
defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Steven L. Goldberg, Esq.
     Mcnamee, Hosea, P.A.
     6411 Ivy Lane, Suite 200
     Greenbelt, MD 20770
     Tel: (301) 441-2420
     Fax: (301) 982-9450
     Email: sgoldberg@mhlawyers.com

                  About Metropolitan Real Estate
                         Investment Group

Beltsville, Md.-based Metropolitan Real Estate Investment Group,
LLC is the fee simple owner of three real properties located in
Maryland having a total comparable sale value of $1.09 million.

Metropolitan Real Estate Investment Group filed its voluntary
petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Md. Case No.
21-16509) on Oct. 15, 2021, listing $1,104,500 in assets and
$1,055,278 in liabilities.  Pantaleon Ebai, president of
Metropolitan Real Estate Investment Group, signed the petition.
Judge Thomas J. Catliota oversees the case.  Steven L. Goldberg,
Esq., at McNamee Hosea, P.A. represents the Debtor as legal
counsel.


MIDWEST VETERINARY: Moody's Alters Outlook on B3 CFR to Negative
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service changed the rating outlook for Midwest
Veterinary Partners, LLC (d/b/a "Mission Veterinary Partners" or
"MVP") to negative from stable. At the same time, Moody's affirmed
the company's B3 Corporate Family Rating and B3-PD Probability of
Default Rating. Concurrently, Moody's downgraded first-lien bank
debt and credit facility ratings to B3 from B2, following proposed
upsizing of the first lien term loan by $250 million. Moody's also
assigned a B3 rating to the proposed $225 million senior secured
first-lien delayed draw term loan.

"The negative outlook reflects Moody's expectation for MVP's
financial policies to remain more aggressive than initially
anticipated, with meaningful increase in debt and interest burden
as MVP continues to use debt to fund acquisitions. This, coupled
with material growth in estimates for adjustments and add-backs to
EBITDA, has increased the degree of uncertainty around the true
underlying cash generating ability of the company," said Vladimir
Ronin, Moody's lead analyst for the company. "Nonetheless, Moody's
expects MVP to successfully integrate its numerous recent
acquisitions, which along with favorable long-term trends in the
pet care sector will support improvement in profitability and
credit metrics over the next 12-18 months," added Ronin.

The downgrade of the first lien senior secured facility rating to
B3 from B2 reflects that the company's capital structure will
become more heavily comprised of first lien debt, which will weaken
the stress scenario recovery prospect of this debt class.

Governance risk considerations are material to MVP's ratings. The
company's financial policies under private equity ownership are
aggressive, reflected in very high initial debt levels following
the recapitalization, and nearly doubling of outstanding debt in
the capital structure, roughly six months following initial
assignment of ratings.

Moody's took the following rating actions on Midwest Veterinary
Partners, LLC:

Assignments:

Gtd Senior Secured First Lien Delayed Draw Term Loan, at B3 (LGD3)

Downgrades:

Gtd Senior Secured First Lien Revolver due 2026, Downgraded to B3
(LGD3) from B2 (LGD3)

Gtd Senior Secured First Lien Term Loan due 2028, Downgraded to B3
(LGD3) from B2 (LGD3)

Gtd Senior Secured First Lien Delayed Draw Term Loan due 2028,
Downgraded to B3 (LGD3) from B2 (LGD3)

Affirmations:

Corporate Family Rating, at B3

Probability of default rating, at B3-PD

Outlook Actions:

Outlook, changed to Negative from Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

Midwest Veterinary Partners, LLC's B3 Corporate Family Rating (CFR)
broadly reflects its very high pro forma debt-to-EBITDA financial
leverage of 8.5 times on Moody's-adjusted basis for the LTM period
ended August 31, 2021, which Moody's expects to persist as the
company continues to use debt to fund acquisitions. Moody's
estimates include a number of adjustments and add-backs to EBITDA,
which add a degree of uncertainty around the true underlying cash
generating ability of the company. The rating is also constrained
by company's moderate albeit growing absolute size, as well as
event and financial policy risks related to both the aforementioned
aggressive acquisition strategy and its private equity ownership.
There are risks to the company's rapid growth strategy, including
inability to integrate and manage growth, and a high level of
recurring expenses which constrain cash flow. MVP's rating benefits
from favorable long-term trends in the pet care sector that
underpin Moody's expectation for healthy same-store sales growth in
at least the mid-single-digits.

MVP's good liquidity profile is supported by cash balance of
roughly $54 million at the close of the transaction, full access
under a $20 million revolving credit facility due 2026, and Moody's
expectation for breakeven free cash flow, over the next 12 months.
The company's liquidity is further supported by access to the
proposed $225 million delayed draw term loan, however Moody's
expects the facility will be fully used to fund acquisitions under
letter of intent, over the next couple of quarters.

Social and governance considerations are material to MVP's credit
profile. The rating reflects negative social risk as a result of
the coronavirus outbreak given its risk to patient and service
providers' health and safety. However, Moody's does not consider
the veterinary hospital service providers to face the same level of
social risk as many other healthcare providers. Growth in the
number of US households that own pets provides for a favorable
long-term trend in the pet care sector that underpins healthy
same-store sales growth.

Among governance considerations, MVP's financial policies under
private equity ownership are aggressive, reflected in very high
initial debt levels following the recapitalization, as well as a
strategy to supplement organic growth with material debt-funded
acquisitions.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be downgraded if operational performance
deteriorates or liquidity weakens, or the company fails to generate
positive free cash flow. Inability to manage its rapid growth, or
if EBITA-to-interest approaches one times, could also put downward
pressure on the company's ratings.

The ratings could be upgraded if the company delivers sustained
revenue and earnings growth and is successful in integrating
acquisitions. Moderation of aggressive financial policies,
partially evidenced by debt/EBITDA sustained below 6.5 times, along
with sustained positive cash flows along with healthy cash balance
could also support an upgrade.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Service Industry published in October 2016.

Headquartered in Novi, Michigan, Midwest Veterinary Partners, LLC
(d/b/a "Mission Veterinary Partners" or "MVP") is a national
veterinary hospital consolidator, offering a full range of medical
products and services, and operating over 200 general practice
locations across 28 states. The company generated pro forma
revenues of over $700 million for the twelve months ended August
31, 2021. MVP is a portfolio company of private equity firm Shore
Capital Partners.


MOTUS GROUP: Fitch Assigns First Time 'B-' LT IDR, Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a first-time Long-Term Issuer Default
Rating (IDR) of 'B-' to Motus Group, LLC (Motus). It has also
assigned a 'B+'/'RR2' rating to the $390 million first lien term
loan and $50 million first lien revolver. The Rating Outlook is
Stable.

The rating for Motus reflects high leverage as a result of the
leveraged buyout transaction involving Permira and Thoma Bravo,
with the two private equity firms implementing elevated debt into
the capital structure in support of the deal. It also considers the
company's strong EBITDA margins and FCF margins as well as high
retention rates. Fitch expects leverage to remain over 7.0x through
YE22 and decline below 7.0x by YE23, primarily driven by EBITDA
growth with no voluntary debt repayment.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Stake in Motus Being Sold: Motus is owned by Thoma Bravo and in
September 2021, it entered into an agreement to sell an approximate
48% equity stake to Permira. To partially fund the transaction,
Motus will raise $525 million of new debt ($390 million first lien
and $135 million second lien [unrated]). It will also have a
five-year first lien $50 million revolver, which is expected to be
undrawn at the close which is expected to occur in late November or
early December of 2021 subject to customary conditions.

Elevated Leverage: With this LBO transaction, Motus will have total
debt outstanding of $525 million and this level of debt is expected
to constrain the credit profile over the next several quarters.
Fitch projects leverage to be above 7.0x through the end of 2022
and then decline as a result of growing EBITDA. Fitch notes that
should Motus voluntarily prepay debt, leverage will be lower than
forecast. However, the company's private equity ownership will
likely prioritize ROE optimization over deleveraging.

High Recurring Revenues/Revenue Retention: For calendar year 2020,
recurring revenues were north of 95% and the net retention rate was
more than 100%. Subscription revenues are strong and were
approximately 84% of revenues for the LTM ending July 31, 2021.
From 2018 until the LTM ended July 31, 2021, ARR's grew in the low
double-digit range. These figures demonstrate that once a company
becomes a customer, they generally renew, ensuring stability of
cash flows. Its top ten customers have been with Motus for over 12
years.

Revenue Diversity Increasing: In 2020, Motus had revenues from
vehicle reimbursement programs for expense claims and distribution
making up about 80% of total revenues, 15% from wireless device
expense programs and 5% from relocation/remote work services.
Expansion into wireless device expense programs began in 2019 when
it acquired Wireless Analytics and in 2020 when it acquired Vision
Wireless. Employee relocation/remote work reimbursements began with
a product launch in 2020.

Motus would like to further diversify its product offerings by
branching into employer/employee payment solutions and pursue
opportunities in reimbursement cards, payroll cards and corporate
cards. Fitch believes that Motus may continue to make acquisitions
to increase its size and diversity.

Leading FAVR Provider: Motus is a leading employee vehicle
reimbursement solutions provider. It has approximately 2,000
customers and offers end-to-end cloud-based software solutions for
fixed and variable rate reimbursements (FAVR), which allows
companies to reimburse employees for personal vehicle use on a
tax-free basis. Growth in the industry is expected as employers
continue to shift toward having employees drive their own vehicles
and expense tracking and costs.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

The 'B-' rating of Motus is supported by its leading position in
the FAVR industry as well as the company's leverage, which is
expected to remain above 7.0x over the next several quarters. The
company's EBITDA margins and FCF margins are both strong and in
line with Fitch's software universe.

Motus also has high financial leverage and Fitch views its
financial flexibility as relatively more constrained than peers in
the technology sector. Its revenue scale, leverage and liquidity
profile are consistent with the 'B-' rating. Like other private
equity owned issuers, Fitch believes that the company's focus may
be on ROE rather than debt reduction.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

Fitch's key assumptions within the rating case for the issuer
include:

-- Revenue growth in the low to mid-teens through 2024;

-- EBITDA margins in the 50% range;

-- Capex at approximately 5% of revenue;

-- Net working capital expected to remain in lien with historical
    trends;

-- No dividends;

-- Member unit repurchases of $10 million per year through the
    horizon.

KEY RECOVERY RATING ASSUMPTIONS

The recovery analysis assumes that the enterprise value of Motus
would be maximized in a going-concern situation as opposed to a
liquidation given limited tangible assets on the company's balance
sheet. Fitch makes the following assumptions in Fitch's calculation
of expected recovery:

-- 10% administrative claim applied to the GC EBITDA;

-- GC EBITDA value of $50 million;

-- TEV/EBITDA multiple of 7.0x.

Going-Concern (GC) Rational

The recovery analysis assumes that Motus enters a distressed
scenario due to challenges surrounding their main business lines,
and increased competition from direct and indirect peers. Fitch
assumes their core vehicle reimbursement segment suffers as a
result of increased competition. Their device and location solution
segment experiences compressed margins as a result of direct peers
ramping up their offerings and competing head-to-head for market
share, resulting in price battles. Given these challenges, EBITDA
falls to $50 million in Fitch's distressed scenario.

TEV/EBITDA Multiple Rationale

Comparable Reorganizations: Per the 2021 TMT Bankruptcy Study,
Fitch notes ten past reorganizations in the Technology sector,
where the median recovery multiple was 5.1x. Of these companies,
only three were in the Software subsector: Allen Systems Group,
Inc., Avaya, Inc., and Sunguard Availability Services Capital,
Inc., which received recovery multiples of 8.4x, 8.1 and 4.6x,
respectively. Given the company's high recurring revenues and
subscription revenues, Fitch believes that Motus' TEV/EBITDA
multiple would fall somewhere near the higher end of this range, at
7.0x.

Peer Group Recovery Assumptions: The 7.0x TEV/EBITDA multiple is
largely consistent with the multiples used in determining
recoveries for Motus' immediate peer group. These peers include
companies that not only exhibit similar financial metric
characteristics resulting in 'B-' IDRs, they also include companies
in the TMT universe that specialize in software as a
service/information technology solutions and/or expense tracking
and fleet management. Peers include Imperva (7.0x), Infoblox (6.5x)
and Barracuda Networks (6.5x).

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- (Cash from operations-capex)/total debt in the mid-to high
    single digits and use of excess FCF for debt reduction;

-- End market or product diversification from expansion or
    acquisitions into adjacent markets;

-- Expectations for leverage below 7.5x on a sustained basis.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- (Cash from operations-capex)/total debt with equity credit
    trending toward 0%;

-- FFO interest coverage below 1.5x on a sustained basis;

-- Organic revenue growth sustained near or below 0%.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Sufficient Liquidity: Pro forma for the financing, Motus will have
$30 million of unrestricted cash on the balance sheet. With a
planned $50 million five-year revolving bank facility and Fitch's
forecast of strong FCF margins, Motus is anticipated to have
sufficient liquidity over the rating horizon.

ISSUER PROFILE

Motus Group, LLC (Motus) is a leading employee vehicle
reimbursement solutions provider. It offers end-to-end cloud-based
software solutions for fixed and variable rate reimbursements
(FAVR).

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3' - ESG issues are credit
neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity, either
due to their nature or the way in which they are being managed by
the entity.


MOTUS GROUP: S&P Assigns 'B-' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B-' long-term issuer credit rating
to Motus Group LLC and its 'B-' issue-level rating, with a '3'
recovery rating, to the company's proposed first-lien credit
facility.

The stable outlook reflects its expectation for steady top-line and
profit growth over the next year, and that Motus will continue to
generate positive free operating cash flow (FOCF), enabling it
service debt obligations and maintain adequate liquidity.

Motus Group LLC, a Boston-based reimbursement and expense
management software provider, has announced a significant new
equity investment from funds advised by Permira Advisers LLC.
Permira will become an equal partner with Thoma Bravo L.P., with
each holding approximately 48% equity interest.

S&P said, "Very high financial leverage that we expect will remain
over 14x through at least the end of 2022 constrains our rating on
Motus. On Sept. 22, 2021, private equity firm Permira reached an
agreement to acquire approximately a 48% equity interest in Motus
from Thoma Bravo. We expect the transaction to close during the
fourth quarter of 2021. Pro forma the transaction, Permira will own
approximately 48% of Motus, Thoma Bravo will own approximately 48%
(after accounting for the new cash equity contribution and rollover
equity), and Motus management will retain approximately 4%. To
support the transaction, Motus will issue $440 million in senior
secured first-lien credit facilities (including a $50 million
undrawn revolving credit facility) and a $135 million second-lien
term loan. Our adjusted leverage treats a portion of the firm's
equity as debt and we estimate leverage at transaction close will
be about 15x (11x excluding debt treatment of preferred stock). We
forecast only moderate improvement to the 14x area (9x excluding
preferred stock) over the next 12 months as increased investment in
sales and marketing limit gains from operating leverage over the
near term. Although we believe longer-term growth prospects could
lead to lower leverage over time, we expect financial sponsor
ownership will limit potential for sustained deleveraging."

The company is narrowly focused on the highly competitive
reimbursement and expense management market, has limited scale, and
is geographically concentrated in the U.S. Motus provides
proprietary software platform for reimbursement and managed
services related to remote work, vehicle programs, and device
programs. Motus' leading position in its respective markets could
be challenged by increased penetration from larger and
well-capitalized players such as Oracle, SAP, and Workday, which
bundle these offerings with broader enterprise resource planning
products and competitive pricing. S&P said, "Motus' limited scale
leaves it potentially exposed to aggressive strategies from these
competitors, which could erode profit margins. Motus' geographical
concentration also constrains our rating, with 100% of revenue and
EBITDA generated in North America. We perceive this as a drawback
compared to more diversified players. Nevertheless, we expect these
risks to be offset by a high recurring revenue (95%+), strong net
retention rate of over 100%, and robust profitability with EBITDA
margins of over 40%, above average for an enterprise in software
and Services industry."

Increasing regulatory and tax complexity and work-from-home trends
will increase Motus' product demand. State and federal regulatory
complexity with respect to employee transportation reimbursement
rules contribute to rising demand for automated reporting, which
can help avoid potential conflicts between employees and employers
and litigation down the road. The Motus Vehicle platform provides
accurate mileage reimbursement calculations across the "anywhere"
workforce. Employees receive reimbursement specific to fixed and
variable costs of operating their vehicles in a particular
location, which is recommended by the U.S. IRS and increases the
take rate after accounting for taxes. Furthermore, the secular
trends with respect to remote working increase the need for highly
accurate reimbursement platforms, which should account for
geographical inconsistencies related to the cost of living.
Additionally, recovering information technology (IT) spending and a
need to streamline reimbursement programs by reducing
administrative burden back demand for Motus. As a part of S&P's
base case, it forecasts Motus' top line will continue to increase
in the low-double-digit percentages over the next 24 months.

S&P said, "We forecast Motus will continue to generate positive
FOCF, adequate liquidity, and comfortable covenant headroom. We
anticipate FOCF in the $25 million-$35 million range in fiscals
2021 and 2022, supported by stronger earnings from operations and
low capital expenditures and working capital needs. We anticipate
the company's capital (including capitalized software development
costs) spending to remain below 5% of sales throughout our
forecast. Although Motus has been acquisitive, we don't model
acquisitions in our base case given the uncertainty of timing and
magnitude. With approximately $30 million cash on the balance sheet
and full availability on its credit facilities post-transaction, it
should have ample liquidity and covenant headroom to manage its
operating needs over the next 12 months.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that the company's
strong recurring revenue base and high profitability, with
continued demand for reimbursement software solutions, will
contribute to stable operating growth over the next 12 months. Our
base-case expectation is for adjusted leverage to remain over 14x
by the end of fiscal 2022."

S&P could lower its rating on Motus if:

-- The company materially underperformed our base-case
expectations for sales and earnings, resulting in break-even or
negative FOCF and a failure to reduce very high leverage such that
its capital structure became unsustainable; or

-- Its liquidity materially fell because of a weaker operating
performance/declining organic growth, large debt-financed
acquisitions or dividends, customer losses, or an unexpected spike
in costs.

S&P could raise its ratings on Motus if the company:

-- Increased its scale significantly (aligning it more comparably
with higher-rated peers); and

-- Maintains profitability, such that adjusted leverage was
reduced to below 7x (including preferred stock), while FOCF to debt
stays above 5%.



NEW YORK BAKERY: Seeks to Hire Bond, Schoeneck & King as Counsel
----------------------------------------------------------------
The New York Bakery of Syracuse, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of New York to employ
Bond, Schoeneck & King, PLLC as its legal counsel.

The firm will render these legal services:

     (a) advise the Debtor regarding its function and duties;

     (b) assist in the preparation of the Debtor's schedules of
assets and liabilities and statement of financial affairs;

     (c) negotiate with all creditors;

     (d) examine liens against property of the estate;

     (e) negotiate with taxing authorities, if necessary;

     (f) represent the Debtor in bankruptcy court proceedings and
hearings;

     (g) prepare and file all necessary legal papers;

     (h) take all necessary action to protect and preserve the
Debtor's estate;

     (i) provide assistance, advice and representation concerning
the confirmation of any proposed plan and solicitation of any
acceptances or responding to rejections of such plan;

     (j) provide assistance, advice and representation concerning
any investigation of the assets, liabilities and financial
condition of the Debtor that may be required under local, state, or
federal law;

     (k) provide counsel and representation with respect to
assumption or rejection of executory contracts and leases, sales of
assets and other bankruptcy-related matters arising from this
Chapter 11 case;

     (l) advise the Debtor regarding all legal matters arising
during the Chapter 11 case; and

     (m) all other pertinent and required representation in
connection with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

Prior to the petition date, the Debtor paid the firm $90,959.50 for
legal services rendered in connection with financial restructuring
matters and work associated with the preparation of its Chapter 11
case.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff range from $190
to $510.

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursement for expenses
incurred.

Camille Hill, Esq., a member of Bond, Schoeneck & King, disclosed
in a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as that
term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Camille W. Hill, Esq.
     Bond, Schoeneck & King, PLLC
     One Lincoln Center
     Syracuse, NY 13202
     Telephone: (315) 218-8000
     Facsimile: (315) 218-8100
     Email: chill@bsk.com

               About The New York Bakery of Syracuse

The New York Bakery of Syracuse, Inc., a full-service bakery
located in Syracuse, N.Y., sought protection under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-30770) on
Oct. 4, 2021. In the petition signed by Chris Christou, president,
the Debtor disclosed $1,584,711 in assets and $7,364,829 in
liabilities.

Judge Diane Davis oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Camille W. Hill, Esq., at Bond, Schoeneck and
King, PLLC as legal counsel and Canty Consulting as financial
advisor.


NEW YORK BAKERY: Seeks to Tap Canty Consulting as Financial Advisor
-------------------------------------------------------------------
The New York Bakery of Syracuse, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of New York to employ
Canty Consulting as financial advisor.

The firm will render these services:

     (a) assist with the preparation of post-petition information
requirements;

     (b) maintain the post-petition budget and prepare variance
reports as may be required by the court;

     (c) as necessary, assist with the preparation of monthly
financial statements and cash management activities;

     (d) assist in communications with the U.S. Trustee, the
Subchapter V trustee, secured creditors, and other constituents,
and assist in the preparation of responses to inquiries made by
those parties;

     (e) provide testimony on behalf of the Debtor, if necessary;

     (f) assist the Debtor's legal counsel with preparation of a
Chapter 11 plan; and

     (g) coordinate and assist, as necessary, with the Debtor's
other advisors and professionals.

Prior to the petition date, the Debtor paid Canty Consulting fees
totaling $30,187.50 for financial advisory services it provided to
prepare the filing of the Debtor's Chapter 11 case.

John Canty, a certified public accountant at Canty Consulting, will
be billed at his hourly rate of $250.

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursement for expenses
incurred.

Mr. Canty disclosed in a court filing that his firm is a
"disinterested person" as that term is defined in Section 101(14)
of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     John W. Canty
     Canty Consulting
     New York, NY
     Telephone: (315) 730-1444

               About The New York Bakery of Syracuse

The New York Bakery of Syracuse, Inc., a full-service bakery
located in Syracuse, N.Y., sought protection under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-30770) on
Oct. 4, 2021. In the petition signed by Chris Christou, president,
the Debtor disclosed $1,584,711 in assets and $7,364,829 in
liabilities.

Judge Diane Davis oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Camille W. Hill, Esq., at Bond, Schoeneck and
King, PLLC as legal counsel and Canty Consulting as financial
advisor.


NEW YORK CLASSIC: Court Extends Cash Access Thru Final Hearing
--------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Martin Glenn of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of New York authorized New York Classic Motors LLC to use,
on an interim basis, an additional $220,997 of the cash collateral
of HIL Holdings I LLC (HH1) and the U.S. Small Business
Administration, pursuant to the budget, pending final hearing on
the cash collateral motion.

The Court has entered a Fourth Interim Order on July 21, 2021,
further authorizing the Debtor's interim use of cash collateral.
After due deliberation, the Court has deemed it reasonable and in
the best interest of the Debtor, its estate, creditors and equity
holders to further extend the Debtor's authority to use the cash
collateral through the final hearing, which is scheduled for
October 25, 2021, pursuant to the current Fifth Interim Order.

A copy of the Fifth Interim (Bridge) Order is available for free at
https://bit.ly/2XkhPBw from PacerMonitor.com.

The Oct. 25 final hearing will be held at 10 a.m., via Zoom.

                   About New York Classic Motors

New York Classic Motors LLC, a classic car dealer in New York,
filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case
No. 21-10670) on April 9, 2021.  At the time of the filing, the
Debtor had between $10 million and $50 million in both assets and
liabilities.  The Debtor is represented by Kirby Aisner & Curley,
LLP.

Judge Martin Glenn oversees the case.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 2 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors on April 29, 2021.  Arent Fox, LLP and CBIZ
Accounting, Tax and Advisory of New York, LLC serve as the
committee's legal counsel and financial advisor, respectively.



OLYMPUS POOLS: Asks Court OK to Use Cash, Reexamine Lien
--------------------------------------------------------
Shannon Behnken and Sam Sachs of News 8 Channel report that in new
court filings related to their bankruptcy case, the owner of
embattled Olympus Pools, James Staten, and his wife Alexis Staten,
asked the court to reexamine the "extent, validity and priority" of
a lien placed on their property by one of the Statens creditors.

The business shut down in July following months of investigation by
Better Call Behnken.

The business also voluntarily relinquished its license, but said
the move came amid pressure from state regulators.

The list of their creditors includes the Florida Business
Development Corporation, Revenue Recovery Services, American
Express and SCP Distributors, LLC, the country's largest pool
supply company, among others.

A new filing submitted to the court Oct. 20, requests the court to
revisit the amounts owed to SCP Distributors through liens on the
Statens finances and property based on the grounds that with so
many creditors, the amount collected by SCP may affect the security
interest and other claims to the remaining debts owed, and the
debt-holders.

The owner of Olympus Pools, James Staten, and his wife Alexis,
filed for Chapter 11 personal bankruptcy on Oct. 6, 2021.

In the court proceedings that followed, a monthly budget of roughly
$11,000 was allowed for the family to pay their debts, pay their
monthly bills and provide for their family.

Another filing submitted on October 20, 2021 requests that the
court allow for reorganization of the family's financial and
business assets, and allow for disposition of some properties that
they own, to help provide for their five children.

The filing said the Statens are requesting that the Clerk of Court
"maintain the list of the 20 largest unsecured claims filed" to
create an Order Limiting Notice to "minimize disruption" and allow
the family to "preserve operating expenses."

A third filing submitted asked the court for authorization to use
cash to pay their bills and preserve the value of their estate
while completing a reorganization of their assets.

The motion for use of cash will be explored at an Oct. 26, 2021
hearing in a Middle District of Florida courtroom.

The request to use cash for paying debts is based on the Statens
request to rely upon the budget previously set by the bankruptcy
court for roughly $11,000 per month, to cover expenses such as
groceries, school fees, utility costs, and housing costs, among
others.

The $11,000 budget was less than the Statens wanted, which was
originally proposed at over $17,000 per month.

The three new filings submitted to the court come just a week after
Florida Attorney General Ashley Moody took action against Olympus
Pools' owner for leaving its jobs incomplete while taking upfront
payments from customers.

                        About Olympus Pools

Olympus Pools is a highly acclaimed Tampa swimming pool contractor
& builder in Tampa Bay, Florida.

James Staten and wife Alexis Staten, owner of Olympus Pools, sought
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. M. D. Fla. Case No. 21-05141) on Oct.
6, 2021. In the petition, the Debtors estimated assets between
$500,001 and $1 million and estimated liabilities between $1
million and $10 million.  Joel M. Aresty, P.A. is the Debtors'
counsel.


OMAGINE INC: Taps BSA Al Rashdi as Litigation Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------
Omagine, Inc. and Journey of Light, Inc. seek approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York to
employ BSA Al Rashdi & Al Barwani Advocates as their litigation
counsel.

The firm will represent the Debtors in Oman for one or more causes
of action under Omani law, including breach of commercial
contracts.

The firm will be billed as follows:

     (a) first advance legal fee payment of $30,000;
     (b) second advance legal fee payment of $130,000;
     (c) 20 percent of any recovery from claims; and
     (d) 27.5 percent of any recovery if the second advance legal
fee payment is not transferred to BSA 60 days after the approval
date.

Ralph Hejaily, a senior associate at BSA Al Rashdi & Al Barwani
Advocates, disclosed in a court filing that he has no connection
with the Debtors or their bankruptcy counsel.

The firm can be reached through:

     Ralph Hejaily, Esq.
     BSA Al Rashdi & Al Barwani Advocates
     Saud Bahwan Plaza
     Al Assalayh Towers, Street No. 3701
     Fifth Floor, Office No. 510
     Ghobra South, Muscat
     Sultanate of Oman
     Email: ralph.hejaily@bsabh.com

                About Omagine and Journey of Light

Omagine, Inc., an entertainment, hospitality and tourism company in
New York, and Journey of Light, Inc. sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No. 20-10742) on March 10, 2020.  At the
time of the filing, Omagine listed up to $50,000 in assets and up
to $10 million in liabilities while Journey of Light listed as much
as $50,000 in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Michael E. Wiles oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Rotbert Business Law PC as bankruptcy counsel
and BSA Al Rashdi & Al Barwani Advocates as litigation counsel.


OPTION CARE: Moody's Hikes CFR to B1, Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service upgraded the Corporate Family Rating of
Option Care Health, Inc to B1 from B2. Moody's also upgraded its
Probability of Default Rating to B1-PD from B2-PD. At the same
time, Moody's assigned a Ba3 rating to the proposed senior secured
first lien term loan. No action to the existing B2 rating on the
senior secured first lien term loan rating. No change to the
Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating, which remains an SGL-1. The
outlook also remains stable.

Proceeds from the new $600 million senior secured first lien term
loan, together with balance sheet cash and proceeds from an
anticipated unsecured debt issuance, will be used to repay the
existing first lien term loan. The assigned ratings prospectively
assume successful execution an unsecured debt issuance; otherwise
Moody's will re-evaluate the ratings being assigned today.

The ratings upgrade reflects Moody's view that Option Care's
leverage and credit metrics have improved significantly as the
company benefits from accelerating preference toward home infusion
care due in part to the coronavirus pandemic. At the close of the
transaction, Moody's expects pro forma debt/EBITDA to be around
4.0x. Organic growth continues to be strong in both the acute and
chronic segments, and Option Care continues to benefit from the
positive mix shift toward higher profit chronic therapies. Further,
the upgrade is supported by Option Care's recent acquisition of
Infinity Infusion Nursing, LLC for $50 million in cash on October
1, 2021. Moody's views the acquisition to be positive, as it will
further expand Option Care's resources by adding 1,300 nurses
nationwide. The acquisition will also partially mitigate the
ongoing labor shortages as it expands Option Care's nursing staff.

Governance considerations are material to the rating. Moody's
expects Option Care will operate with a more moderate leverage
profile as it is now a publicly traded company as the company's
prior private equity sponsor Madison Dearborn Partners has entirely
exited from ownership. Additionally, Moody's views the partial
repayment of debt using balance sheet cash as a positive governance
factor.

The outlook remains unchanged at stable as Moody's expects demand
to increase as the home infusion services industry continues to
benefit from favorable long-term dynamics as the home is generally
the lowest cost of care and is the patient's preferred setting.

Following is a summary of Moody's rating actions:

Upgrades:

Issuer: Option Care Health, Inc

Corporate Family Rating, Upgraded to B1 from B2

Probability of Default Rating, Upgraded to B1-PD from B2-PD

Assignments:

Issuer: Option Care Health, Inc

Senior Secured Bank Credit Facility, Assigned Ba3 (LGD3)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Option Care Health, Inc

Outlook, Remains Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

Option Care Health, Inc's ("Option Care") B1 CFR reflects the
company's market position as the largest independent infusion
provider with about $3.2 billion in revenue. Option Care is well
diversified by payor, therapy and geography. Further, the home
infusion services industry has favorable long-term dynamics as the
home is generally the lowest cost of care and is the patient's
preferred setting. This holds particularly true in the context of
the coronavirus pandemic as demand for home infusion is expected to
grow. Option Care continues to benefit from solid organic growth
and positive mix shift toward higher profit chronic therapies,
which have driven strong free cash flow generation. The rating also
reflects Option Care's moderate financial leverage, with pro forma
debt/EBITDA to be around 4.0x.

The B1 CFR reflects Option Care's competitive pressures stemming
from large, vertically integrated insurance companies that possess
their own home infusion providers and a challenging reimbursement
environment. Further, labor pressures are expected to continue for
the near to medium term, which could result in additional costs to
recruit and retain nursing staff. That said, Moody's views the
recent acquisition of Nursing, LLC as a positive as it will further
expand the Option Care's resources by adding 1,300 nurses
nationwide.

The Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating of SGL-1 reflects Moody's
expectation of very good liquidity over the next 12-18 months.
Moody's expects that free cash flow will be consistently positive
over the next 12-18 months driven by a reduction in SG&A costs and
decline in interest expense following the refinancing. Liquidity is
also supported by $158 million of cash and a $175 ABL revolving
credit facility (not rated), which was undrawn at June 30, 2021.
Concurrently with this transaction, Option Care will be extending
its ABL for 5 more years. The company's term loan does not have any
financial covenants, but the ABL revolver contains a springing
fixed charge coverage covenant of 1.0x. The covenant is only tested
if the availability falls below 10% of the borrowing base or $10
million or more.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that Option Care
will continue to de-lever as it scales its infrastructure and
continues to grow both organically and through modest tuck in
acquisitions.

ESG considerations are a factor in Option Care's ratings. Option
Care faces social risks such as the rising concerns around the
access and affordability of healthcare services. However, Moody's
does not consider home health/ home infusion to face the same level
of social risk as hospitals, as care at home is an affordable
alternative to hospitals or skilled nursing facilities. From a
governance perspective Moody's views the change in ownership as a
positive governance factor as Moody's expects Option Care to
operate with moderate leverage as a public company. Additionally,
the 21% minority ownership by Walgreens Boots Alliance, Inc. is
considered beneficial and can allow Option Care to continue to
benefit from its relationship with Walgreens.

As proposed, the new senior secured first lien term loan is
expected to provide covenant flexibility that if utilized could
negatively impact creditors. Notable terms include the following:

Incremental debt capacity up to the greater of $252 million and
100% of Consolidated EBITDA, plus unlimited amounts subject to (a)
in the case of incremental indebtedness secured on a pari passu
basis with the senior secured first lien term loan, 4.50x pro forma
consolidated first lien net leverage, (b) in the case of
incremental indebtedness secured on a junior lien basis with the
senior secured first lien term loan, 5.75x pro forma consolidated
senior secured net leverage and (c) in the case of unsecured
incremental indebtedness, either (A) the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio (to be defined in the First Lien Credit Documentation), on a
pro forma basis, is not less than 2.00:1.00 or (B) if incurred in
connection with a permitted acquisition or other permitted
investment, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a pro forma basis
does not decrease. Up to the greater of $63 million and 25% of the
Consolidated EBITDA of incremental debt, refinancing debt, ratio
debt and certain other permitted debt may be incurred with an
earlier maturity date than the existing term loans. The credit
agreement permits the transfer of assets to unrestricted
subsidiaries, up to the carve-out capacities, subject to "blocker"
provisions which restrict the transfer of any material intellectual
property from the company and its restricted subsidiaries to any
unrestricted subsidiary. Non-wholly-owned subsidiaries are not
required to provide guarantees; dividends or transfers resulting in
partial ownership of subsidiary guarantors could jeopardize
guarantees, with no explicit protective provisions limiting such
guarantee releases. The credit agreement provides some limitations
on up-tiering transactions, including the requirement that each
lender directly and adversely affected consents to an amendment
with respect to subordination of the liens on all or substantially
all of the collateral securing the obligations to any other
indebtedness, except in the case of (x) any indebtedness that is
permitted as in effect on the closing date to rank senior to the
company's obligations, or (y) any other indebtedness (including to
the extent exchanged for, or utilized to refinance the term loans),
so long as each affected lender was offered the opportunity to
participate in such indebtedness on a ratable basis.

The proposed terms and the final terms of the credit agreement may
be materially different.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be upgraded if the company continues to successfully
execute its growth strategies, while also improving profitability.
Further, Option Care can be upgraded if leverage improves below
3.5x and the company continues to maintain conservative financial
policies and very strong liquidity.

The ratings could be downgraded if leverage is sustained over 4.5x,
profitability declines materially, or Option Care adopts more
aggressive financial policies, including material debt-financed
acquisitions, share repurchases or dividends.

Option Care is the leading independent provider of home and
alternate treatment site infusion therapy services through its
national network of 145 locations in 45 states. These services
involve the preparation, delivery, administration and monitoring of
medication for a broad range of conditions. These include
infections, malnutrition, heart failure, bleeding disorders,
autoimmune disorders, and a variety of other rare conditions.
Walgreens Boots Alliance, Inc. (minority owner) owns about 21% of
the combined public company. The other 79% of the company is
publicly owned by shareholders. Revenues are about $3.2 billion.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Service Industry published in October 2016.


OPTION CARE: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B+' on Improved Credit Measures
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its existing ratings on Option Care
Health Inc., including the issuer credit rating to 'B+' from 'B'.

S&P said, "We are also assigning our 'BB-' issue-level and '2'
recovery ratings to the company's proposed secured debt, and our
'B-' issue-level and '6' recovery ratings to the company's proposed
unsecured debt.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation for adjusted debt to
EBITDA of 4x-5x over the next few years. Our forecast assumes
mid-single-digit-percent annual revenue growth, modest EBITDA
margin expansion, and stronger free operating cash flow generation
that should facilitate spending on acquisitions and debt
reduction.

"Option Care's financial performance in recent quarters has
contributed to adjusted debt to EBITDA below 5x, where we expect it
to remain over the next few years. We expect the company to
maintain leverage of 4x-5x over the next few years, stemming from a
continuation of strong operating performance and debt reduction.
This reduction in leverage and our expectation for stronger free
operating cash flow generation has increased capacity for the
company to make acquisitions, in our view. Our forecast assumes the
company will deploy about $50 million for tuck-in acquisition per
year, while maintaining adjusted debt to EBITDA of 4x-5x.

"We expect credit metrics to improve over the next couple of years,
stemming primarily from positive organic revenue growth and steady
EBITDA margins. We believe Option Care Health is committed to
reducing net leverage (per management's calculation) to below 4x by
the end of 2021, which further supports our expectation that
adjusted debt to EBITDA will remain below 5x."

The company is exposed to a tight labor market but has mitigated
some risks through acquisitions. Labor shortages across the
healthcare industry were already strained before the onset of the
COVID-19 outbreak. The pandemic has exacerbated these shortages and
significantly increased wages for clinicians, due in large part to
higher demand for labor across most industries and employee
concerns of contracting COVID. S&P expects these labor challenges
to be relatively manageable for the company and somewhat constrain
EBITDA margin expansion over the next couple of years. At year-end
2020, the company operated with about 2,900 clinicians. Following
the acquisition of Infinity Infusion Nursing LLC, the company added
about 1,300 nurses across 49 states, substantially increasing its
workforce and better positioning the company to meet increased
demand.

Option Care's favorable market position is partially offset by
reimbursement risk and the fragmented nature of home infusion
services. The company is the largest independent provider within
the $25 billion U.S. home infusion services industry. S&P said,
"Our rating incorporates our view that the industry is highly
fragmented. With major insurers entering the home infusion space in
the past few years, including United Health Group, CVS, and Cigna,
we see increased competition as a key risk. In addition,
reimbursement rates for Option Care's services could decline at a
faster rate than we currently anticipate, especially as the aging
U.S. population drives up Medicare costs. This could contribute to
lower revenue and weaker profitability than we currently assume for
the company."

S&P said, "We could lower our rating on the company within the next
12 months if we expect adjusted debt to EBITDA to be sustained
above 5x. This could occur if Option Care Health's operating
performance deteriorates, potentially resulting in higher costs or
a decline in revenue. It could also occur if the company announces
a sizable acquisition that we expect will significantly increase
leverage.

"We could raise our rating on the company within the next 12 months
if we expect the company to sustain adjusted debt to EBITDA below
4x. This could occur if the company generates
stronger-than-expected adjusted EBITDA margins and organic revenue
growth. In this scenario, we would also need to believe that Option
Care's acquisition strategy and financial policies would support
leverage at that lower level."



PAR LIMITED: Seeks to Tap McNamee Hosea as Bankruptcy Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
Par Limited Partnership seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Maryland to employ the law firm of
McNamee Hosea, PA as its legal counsel.

The firm will render these services:

     (a) prepare and file bankruptcy schedules, statement of
affairs and other documents required by the court;

     (b) represent the Debtor at the initial interview and meeting
of creditors;

     (c) advise the Debtor in connection with the formulation,
negotiation and promulgation of a plan of reorganization and
related documents;

     (d) advise and assist the Debtor in the negotiation and
documentation of financing agreements, debt restructurings and
related transactions;

     (e) review the validity of liens asserted against the property
of the Debtor and advise the Debtor concerning the enforceability
of such liens;

     (f) prepare legal papers; and

     (g) perform all other legal services that may be necessary in
this Chapter 11 case and the Debtor's business.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff are as follows:

     Partners    $375
     Associates  $325
     Paralegal   $105

Steven Goldberg, Esq., a member of McNamee Hosea, disclosed in a
court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as that term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Steven L. Goldberg, Esq.
     McNamee Hosea, PA
     6411 Ivy Lane, Suite 200
     Greenbelt, MD 20770
     Telephone: (301) 441-2420
     Facsimile: (301) 982-9450
     Email: sgoldberg@mhlawyers.com

                   About Par Limited Partnership

Par Limited Partnership filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D. Md. Case No. 21-16576) on Oct. 18, 2021, listing up to
$10 million in both assets and liabilities. Louis P. Stone, III,
general partner, signed the petition. The law firm of McNamee
Hosea, PA serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


PAR LTD PARTNERSHIP: Chapter 11 Filing Stops Foreclosure Sale
-------------------------------------------------------------
Amanda Yeager, writing for Baltimore Business Journal, reports that
Stoney's Kingfishers Seafood Bar & Grill and sister restaurant
Stoney's Seafood House were set to be auctioned Tuesday, October
19, 2021, morning amid foreclosure proceedings, but both sales were
canceled early Tuesday, October 19, 2021, after the restaurants'
owner filed for bankruptcy, said Paul Cooper, a vice president for
the auction house Alex Cooper Auctioneers.

Legal records show Par Limited Partnership, an entity associated
with Stoney's, filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy Monday. The
documents, submitted to the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District
of Maryland, indicate the partnership has between $1 million and
$10 million in assets as well as $1 million to $10 million in
liabilities.

Among Par Limited Partnership's debts is $2.7 million in unsecured
claims owed to LBC2 Trust, which shares a Stillwater, Minnesota
address with alternative investment firm Stillwater Asset
Management.

An attorney representing Par Limited Partnership could not
immediately be reached for further comment Wednesday, October 20,
2021.

Before they were canceled, both foreclosure auctions were set to
include only real estate. Stoney's Kingfishers Seafood Bar & Grill
sits on nearly a quarter acre of waterfront property on Solomons
Island, a popular weekend getaway in Southern Maryland, and
features an outdoor deck overlooking an inlet of the Potomac
River.

Stoney's Seafood House is a 300-seat eatery on nearby Broomes
Island that shares a 1.34-acre waterfront property with Stoney's
B&B, a four-bedroom bed and breakfast. A 1.39-acre property next
door is used as a wedding venue.

Cooper said it's not unusual for properties to be pulled from the
auction block when foreclosure is involved. It's possible the
restaurants could still be auctioned off later, during the
bankruptcy process.

"This gives them time to work things out," he said.

                  About Pat Limited Partnership

Pat Limited Partnership is the owner and operator of Stoney's
Kingfishers Seafood Bar & Grill and sister restaurant Stoney's
Seafood House.  Par Limited Partnership sought Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. D. Md. Case No. 21-16576) on Oct. 18, 2021.  In
the petition signed by Louis P. Stone, III as general partner, Par
Limited Partnership estimated assets of between $1 million and $10
million and estimated liabilities of between $1 million and $10
million.  Steven L. Goldberg, Esq., of MCNAMEE, HOSEA, JERNIGAN,
KIM, GREENAN & LYNCH, P.A., is the Debtors' counsel.


PCDM PROPERTIES: Claims Will be Paid from Rental Income
-------------------------------------------------------
PCDM Properties, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Western District of Louisiana a Combined Plan of Reorganization and
Disclosure Statement dated October 18, 2021.

On November 2, 2016, PCDM Properties, LLC was incorporated under
the laws of Louisiana. The Debtor's owns 6 residential single
family rental properties. The Debtor's sole income comes from the
rent collected on the 6 rental properties.

Debtor made the contractual payments to the mortgage
holders/servicers until some of its tenants began missing rental
payments. Attempts to collect the past due rentals were made but in
early 2020, COVID-19 restrictions have placed a moratorium on the
eviction of residential tenants. The Debtor did not have sufficient
cash flow to pay its secured obligations as they became due.

On or about December 29, 2020, Gulf Coast Bank instituted a
foreclosure proceeding seeking a sale of the properties located at
303 Doc Duhon Street, 209 Odile Street, 508 West Alexander Street
and 302 Zilia Street. A Sheriff Sale was scheduled for April 14,
2021. On April 13, 2021, the Debtor filed this bankruptcy
proceeding.

After the filing of the bankruptcy petition, PCDM was authorized to
continue in business under the protection of the Bankruptcy Code
and to attempt to work out an arrangement with creditors on a plan
for the repayment of its debts.

The Plan will treat claims as follows:

     * Class 1 consists of all Priority tax claims. The Debtor will
pay the priority tax claim to Sheriff, Lafayette Parish, Louisiana
the sum of $2,598.28, in regular installments paid over a period
not exceeding 5 years from the order for relief, unless the holder
of such a 11 U.S.C. § 507(a)(8) priority tax claim agrees
otherwise. Monthly payments are estimated to be $55.67 per month.

     * Class 2 consists of the Allowed Secured Claim of Home Bank,
NA. The Allowed Secured Claim of the Home Bank will be amortized
over 240 months and accrue interest at rate of 4.25% per annum from
date until paid and will be satisfied by payments of 83 equal
monthly payments in the amount of $376.59 each and one final
payment on the 84th month in an amount equal to the entire unpaid
balance of principal and interest then due shall be immediately due
and payable.

     * Class 3 consists of the Allowed Secured Claim of U.S.
National Bank as Trustee for Velocity Commercial Capital. The
Allowed Secured Claim of the Velocity will be amortized over 360
months and accrue interest at rate of 5.5% per annum from date
until paid and will be satisfied by payments of 83 equal monthly
payments in the amount of $2,166.52 each and one final payment on
the 84th month in an amount equal to the entire unpaid balance of
principal and interest then due shall be immediately due and
payable.

     * Class 4 consists of the Allowed Secured Claim of Gulf Coast
Bank. The Allowed Secured Claim of the Gulf Coast Bank will be
amortized over 240 months and accrue interest at rate of 5.5% per
annum from date until paid and will be satisfied by payments of 83
equal monthly payments in the amount of $923.81 each and one final
payment on the 84th month in an amount equal to the entire unpaid
balance of principal and interest then due shall be immediately due
and payable.

To date, there have been no unsecured proofs of claim filed and
PCDM is unaware of any unsecured and/or undersecured claims.

Prior to the date on which the bankruptcy petition was filed, Penny
Camel Duplechien was the 100% owner, managing member and person in
control of the operations of the Debtor. During the pendency of
this case, Penny Camel Duplechien will continue to serve as
management of the Debtor. After the effective date of the order
confirming the plan, Penny Camel Duplechien will maintain her 100%
ownership of PCDM and continue as the managing member of PCDM.

PCDM believes they will have sufficient income from employment to
make payments to all creditors. PCDM has performed well during this
Chapter 11 case and has sufficient income to make plan payments.
PCDM's history shows that it can make the payments.

A full-text copy of the Combined Plan and Disclosure Statement
dated October 18, 2021, is available at https://bit.ly/2ZaYC5U from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Attorney for PCDM Properties:

     DAVID PATRICK KEATING
     THE KEATING FIRM, APLC
     P.O. Box 3426
     Lafayette, LA 70502
     Phone: (337) 233-0300
     Email: rick@dmsfirm.com

                     About PCDM Properties

PCDM Properties, LLC, file its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. La. Case No. 21
50212) on April 13, 2021.  At the time of filing, the Debtor
disclosed $500,001 to $1 million in assets and $100,001 to $500,000
in liabilities.  The Keating Firm, APLC serves as the Debtor's
legal counsel.


PEAK CUSTOM: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Peak Custom Fabrication, Inc.
        155 Sutton Lane
        Colorado Springs, CO 80907

Business Description: Peak Custom Fabrication, Inc. --
                      https://www.peakcustomfab.com --
                      is a custom metal fabrication, and steel
                      construction and erecting company serving
                      Colorado, Arizona, Kansas, Nebraska, New
                      Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas, Utah, and Wyoming.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: October 21, 2021

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Colorado

Case No.: 21-15331

Judge: Hon. Thomas B. Mcnamara

Debtor's Counsel: Keri L. Riley, Esq.
                  KUTNER BRINEN DICKEY RILEY, P.C.
                  1660 Lincoln Street, Suite 1720
                  Denver, CO 80264
                  Tel: 303-832-2400
                  Email: klr@kutnerlaw.com

Total Assets: $1,188,504

Total Liabilities: $3,836,990

The petition was signed by Nick Gomes as CEO.

A full-text copy of the petition containing, among other items, a
list of the Debtor's 20 largest unsecured creditors is available
for free at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/L26NULQ/Peak_Custom_Fabrication_Inc__cobke-21-15331__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


PHUNWARE INC: Closes Acquisition of Lyte Technology
---------------------------------------------------
Phunware, Inc. has formally closed the acquisition of
privately-held Lyte Technology, Inc., a provider of high
performance computer systems.  The Company financed the closing
consideration of $3.32 million with cash on-hand and unsecured,
non-dilutive debt.

Lyte Technology Overview

Founded in 2018, Lyte is a profitable, rapidly-growing system
integrator that specializes in marketing and distributing custom,
high-end computer systems off-the-shelf with advanced graphic
processing units for gaming, streaming and cryptocurrency mining.
Currently located in Illinois, Lyte employs over 25 people and
ships thousands of computer systems per quarter to a unique
customer network that has largely grown through word-of-mouth.

Acquisition Summary and Rationale (Unaudited)

   * The total consideration for the acquisition consisted of cash
and Company common stock valued at up to approximately $10.98
million, a portion of which is characterized as an earn-out payment
contingent upon Lyte generating at least $12.00 million in net
revenues for the one-year period post-closing.

   * No Company common stock was issued at closing.

   * Lyte enables Phunware to enter the high performance personal
computer market, which JPR estimates is a $32 billion USD market
that is expected to grow at a 20.4% CAGR over the next five years.

   * Complementary and synergistic go-to-market strategies exist,
with no overlap in the companies' relevant partner or customer
bases.

   * Lyte's customers represent gamers, developers, content
creators and crypto enthusiasts who will support the adoption,
scale and
infrastructure required for Phunware to deploy its decentralized
data economy powered by PhunCoin and PhunToken.

   * For the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, Phunware expects to
report net revenues exceeding $5.00 million.

"Pre-acquisition, Q3 organic net revenues are expected to exceed
50% quarter-over-quarter growth sequentially when formally
announced in mid-November, so this accretive inorganic acquisition
puts us in a great position to not only continue that organic
momentum in Q4, but also leverage a brand new, strategic
distribution network for our recently announced blockchain
initiatives," said Alan S. Knitowski, President, CEO and co-founder
of Phunware.  "Software exists at the pleasure of hardware, so much
like Amazon invested in the resources necessary to deliver a global
on-demand economy, Phunware is investing in the resources necessary
to deliver a decentralized global data economy."

"Since inception, our demand has always outpaced our supply, so I
am excited to better resource and scale Lyte within an innovative
public company that has a strategic focus on decentralizing data,"
said Caleb Borgstrom, founder and CEO of Lyte Technology.  "I
expect Lyte to materially contribute to Phunware’s operational
and financial success rolling forward, while delivering a worldwide
distributed network of high performance computing platforms to
serve as decentralized oracles, validators and nodes that
efficiently bridge the gap between external data on the existing
web and blockchain-based applications on mobile."

Financing Terms

Phunware financed the acquisition with a combination of existing
cash on-hand and unsecured debt.  Phunware issued a Promissory Note
to Streeterville Capital, LLC, borrowing $5.22 million at 0%
interest with a 12-month maturity date.  Beginning in January 2022,
the Company will make equal monthly payments on the outstanding
principal.  Monthly payments will be made in cash and are subject
to a 10% payment premium.  In conjunction with closing the Note,
the Company received net cash proceeds of $4.74 million.  Joseph
Gunnar & Co., LLC, served as placement agent for the transaction.

                          About Phunware

Headquartered in Austin, Texas, Phunware, Inc. --
http://www.phunware.com-- offers a fully integrated software
platform that equips companies with the products, solutions and
services necessary to engage, manage and monetize their mobile
application portfolios globally at scale.

Phunware reported a net loss of $22.20 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $12.87 million for the
year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of June 30, 2021, the Company had
$34.21 million in total assets, $23.73 million in total
liabilities, and $10.48 million in total stockholders' equity.


POLK AZ: Case Summary & 6 Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------
Debtor: Polk AZ LLC
        18444 N. 25th Ave., Ste. 420
        Phoenix, AZ 85023

Business Description: Polk AZ LLC is a Single Asset Real Estate
                      debtor (as defined in 11 U.S.C. Section
                      101(51B)).

Chapter 11 Petition Date: October 13, 2021

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Arizona

Case No.: 21-07693

Judge: Hon. Eddward P Ballinger Jr.

Debtor's Counsel: Steven N. Berger, Esq.
                  Michael P. Rolland, Esq.
                  ENGELMAN BERGER, P.C.
                  2800 North Central Avenue, Suite 1200
                  Phoenix, Arizona 85004
                  Tel: (602) 271-9090
                  Fax: (602) 222-4999
                  Email: snb@eblawyers.com
                         mpr@eblawyers.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Jean Gonzvar as designated
representative.

A copy of the Debtor's list of six unsecured creditors is available
for free at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/HUP7Z5Y/POLK_AZ_LLC__azbke-21-07693__0014.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/UUZ2LZA/POLK_AZ_LLC__azbke-21-07693__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


POLK AZ: Seeks to Hire Engelman Berger as Bankruptcy Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------
Polk AZ LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Arizona to employ Engelman Berger, PC as its legal
counsel.

The firm will render these legal services:

     (a) advise the Debtor with respect to its powers and duties in
the continued management and operation of its business and
property;

     (b) represent the Debtor at the first meeting of creditors,
initial debtor interview and all court hearings, adversary
proceedings or contested matters that have been or may be filed
herein;

     (c) attend meetings and negotiate with representatives of
creditors and other parties-in-interest and advise and consult on
the conduct of this bankruptcy case;

     (d) assist the Debtor with the preparation of its schedules of
assets and liabilities and statement of financial affairs;

     (e) advise the Debtor with respect to any contemplated sales
of assets and/or business combinations, formulate and implement
appropriate closing procedures for such transactions, and prepare
and prosecute all motions and/or pleadings necessary to obtain the
court's authorization for such transactions;

     (f) advise the Debtor with respect to any post-petition
financing and cash collateral arrangements; negotiate, draft and
prosecute all documents, motions and pleadings relating thereto;

     (g) advise the Debtor on all matters relating to the
assumption, rejection or assignment of unexpired leases and
executory contracts;

     (h) advise the Debtor with respect to legal issues arising in
or relating to the Debtor's ordinary course of business;

     (i) take all necessary action to protect and preserve the
Debtor's estate;

     (j) prepare, negotiate and take all actions necessary to
obtain approval and/or confirmation of a disclosure statement, plan
of reorganization and related agreements and documents; and

     (k) perform all other legal services relating to the
administration and conduct of the Debtor's estate.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff are as follows:

     Steven N. Berger                      $600
     Other Shareholders             $350 - $600
     Associates                     $250 - $350
     Cindy Solomon, Certified Paralegal    $200

The firm received a retainer of $3,000 from the Debtor for
pre-bankruptcy services.

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursement for expenses
incurred.

Steven Berger, Esq., an attorney at Engelman Berger, disclosed in a
court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as that term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Steven N. Berger, Esq.
     Michael P. Rolland, Esq.
     Engelman Berger, PC
     2800 North Central Avenue, Suite 1200
     Phoenix, AZ 85004
     Telephone: (602) 271-9090
     Facsimile: (602) 222-4999
     Email: snb@eblawyers.com
            mpr@eblawyers.com

                         About Polk AZ LLC

Polk AZ LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 21-07693) on Oct. 13, 2021. Jean
Gonzvar, designated representative, signed the petition. Judge
Eddward P. Ballinger, Jr. oversees the case. Engelman Berger, PC,
serves as the Debtor's counsel.


PURDUE PHARMA: Asks Court OK to Pay Costs of Government Committees
------------------------------------------------------------------
Vince Sullivan of Law360 reports that bankrupt drugmaker Purdue
Pharma LP asked for permission from a New York judge late Tuesday,
October 19,2021, to pay $12. 4 million in fees and expenses
incurred by committees of nonconsenting state and local governments
during a Chapter 11 plan mediation process.

In its motion, Purdue said the ad hoc group of nonconsenting
states, the ad hoc committee of governmental entities and the
multistate governmental entities group that participated in the
mediation helped achieve agreements on the debtor's bankruptcy plan
that was confirmed last September 2021.

                     About Purdue Pharma LP

Purdue Pharma L.P. and its subsidiaries --
http://www.purduepharma.com/-- develop and provide prescription
medicines and consumer products that meet the evolving needs of
healthcare professionals, patients, consumers and caregivers.

Purdue's subsidiaries include Adlon Therapeutics L.P., focused on
treatment for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and
related disorders; Avrio Health L.P., a consumer health products
company that champions an improved quality of life for people in
the United States through the reimagining of innovative product
solutions; Imbrium Therapeutics L.P., established to further
advance the emerging portfolio and develop the pipeline in the
areas of CNS, non-opioid pain medicines, and select oncology
through internal research, strategic collaborations and
partnerships; and Greenfield Bioventures L.P., an investment
vehicle focused on value-inflection in early stages of clinical
development.

Opioid makers in the U.S. are facing pressure from a crackdown on
the addictive drug in the wake of the opioid crisis and as state
attorneys general file lawsuits against manufacturers. More than
2,000 states, counties, municipalities and Native American
governments have sued Purdue Pharma and other pharmaceutical
companies for their role in the opioid crisis in the U.S., which
has contributed to the more than 700,000 drug overdose deaths in
the U.S. since 1999.

OxyContin, Purdue Pharma's most prominent pain medication, has been
the target of over 2,600 civil actions pending in various state and
federal courts and other fora across the United States and its
territories.

On Sept. 15 and 16, 2019, Purdue Pharma L.P. and 23 affiliated
debtors each filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No.
19-23649), after reaching terms of a preliminary agreement for
settling the massive opioid litigation. The Debtors' consolidated
balance sheet as of Aug. 31, 2019, showed $1.972 billion in assets
and $562 million in liabilities.

U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Robert Drain oversees the cases.   

The Debtors tapped Davis Polk & Wardwell, LLP and Dechert, LLP as
legal counsel; PJT Partners as investment banker; AlixPartners as
financial advisor; and Grant Thornton, LLP as tax structuring
consultant. Prime Clerk LLC is the claims agent.

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP and Bayard, P.A., represent the
official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Debtors'
bankruptcy cases.

David M. Klauder, Esq., is the fee examiner appointed in the
Debtors' cases. The fee examiner is represented by Bielli &
Klauder, LLC.

                          *     *     *

U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Robert Drain in early September 2021 approved
a plan to turn Purdue into a new company (Knoa Pharma LLC) no
longer owned by members of the Sackler family, with its profits
going to fight the opioid epidemic.  The Sackler family agreed to
pay $4.3 billion over nine years to the states and private
plaintiffs and in exchange for a lifetime legal immunity.  The deal
resolves some 3,000 lawsuits filed by state and local governments,
Native American tribes, unions, hospitals and others who claimed
the company's marketing of prescription opioids helped spark and
continue an overdose epidemic.

Separate appeals to approval of the Plan have already been filed by
the U.S. Bankruptcy Trustee, California, Connecticut, the District
of Columbia, Maryland, Rhode Island and Washington state, plus some
Canadian local governments and other Canadian entities.


QUANTUM VALVE: Jason Rae Appointed as Chapter 11 Trustee
--------------------------------------------------------
Judge Brenda T. Rhoades of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Texas approved the appointment of Jason Rae as
Chapter 11 Trustee for the estate of Quantum Valve and Oilfield
Solutions, LLC, finding Mr. Rae eligible to serve in said position.
Mr. Rae was appointed by U.S. Trustee for Region 6, William T.
Neary.

The appointment resulted from the Court's entry of an order
granting the Unsecured Creditors' Committee's motion to appoint a
Chapter 11 Trustee, or alternatively, convert to Chapter 7 the
Debtor's case.

A copy of the order is available for free at https://bit.ly/3vvSTDU
from PacerMonitor.com.

            About Quantum Valve and Oilfield Solutions

Quantum Valve and Oilfield Solutions, LLC, a Fort Worth,
Texas-based company that provides support activities for the mining
industry, filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. E.D.
Tex. Case No. 21-40994) on July 12, 2021.  In the petition signed
by John Luke Reed, chief executive officer, the Debtor disclosed up
to $50 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Brenda T. Rhoades oversees the case.

Christopher J. Moser, Esq. at Quilling, Selander, Lownds, Winslett
and Moser, PC is the Debtor's legal counsel.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 6 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors in the Debtor's case on Aug. 10, 2021.  The
committee is represented by Okin Adams, LLP.

Crestmark, as lender, is represented by Jaffe, Raitt, Heuer and
Weiss.

Jason Rae has been appointed as Chapter 11 Trustee for the Debtor's
estate.




REDWOOD EMPIRE: Taps Daniel McCoy of HVS Consulting as Appraiser
----------------------------------------------------------------
Redwood Empire Lodging, LP seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Arizona to employ Daniel McCoy, a real
estate appraiser at HVS Consulting and Valuation Services.

Mr. McCoy's services include an appraisal of Best Western Plus
located at 208 N. Lake Powell Boulevard, Page, Ariz.; expert
testimony regarding his appraisal; and a review of any appraisal
introduced by Pacific Premier Bank.

Mr. McCoy will charge $400 per hour for pre-hearing consultation
and conferences, and $500 per hour for any deposition, hearing, or
trial testimony.  

As disclosed in court filings, neither Mr. McCoy and his firm are
"disinterested persons" within the meaning of Section 101(14) of
the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Daniel P. McCoy
     HVS Consulting and Valuation Services
     8134 Big Bend Boulevard
     Webster Groves
     St. Louis, MO 63119
     Phone: +1 (970) 215-0620
     Email: DMcCoy@hvs.com

                   About Redwood Empire Lodging

Redwood Empire Lodging, LP owns and operates two hotels -- the Best
Western Plus located at 208 N. Lake Powell Boulevard, Page, Ariz.,
and the Best Western Sonoma Winegrower's Inn located at 6500
Redwood Drive Rohnert Park, Calif.

Redwood Empire Lodging filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 21-04678) on June 16, 2021, listing as
much as $50 million in both assets and liabilities.  Debra Heckert,
member, signed the petition.  Judge Eddward P. Ballinger, Jr.
oversees the case.  Isaac M. Gabriel, Esq., at Quarles & Brady, LLP
is the Debtor's legal counsel.


RELEVANT HOLDINGS: Resolves Objection to $300,000 DIP Financing
---------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Michael E. Romero of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Colorado approved the stipulation between Relevant
Holdings, LLC and its creditors, Synergetic Oil Tools, Inc. and
Brian Herman, resolving the creditors' objection to the Debtor's
request to obtain $300,000 in postpetition financing from DIP
Lenders, MKA Investments, LLC, TLL Investments, LLC and W&R Thomas,
LLC.

The Debtor on December 1, 2020, sought Court approval of a $300,000
loan to be provided by the DIP Lenders.  On December 28, the Debtor
executed the DIP Lending Agreements with the DIP Lenders, and three
separate revolving promissory notes in favor of the Lenders, for a
revolving credit line of up to $100,000 each.  Pursuant to the
First Stipulation, the Debtor has only drawn $150,000 of the funds
under the DIP Lending Agreements.

On September 8, 2021, the Debtor asked the Court to set a final
hearing on the DIP Financing Motion to address Synergetic's
Objection and authorize the Debtor to obtain the other one-half of
DIP financing.  The final hearing was scheduled for October 15,
2021.

The parties stipulate that:

   * The Debtor is authorized to borrow from the DIP Lenders the
$300,000 revolving credit under the previously executed DIP Lending
Agreements, as set forth in the DIP Financing Motion;

   * The lien securing the DIP Financing will not attach to
property if such property is later determined by the Court not to
be property of the bankruptcy estate;

   * The lien securing the DIP Financing shall attach to property
over which ownership is not disputed, including furniture, fixtures
and equipment;

   * The Debtor may continue to sell inventory and use the proceeds
pursuant to the cash projection, a copy of which is available at
https://bit.ly/3B3A0cu from PacerMonitor.com free of charge; and

   * If it is determined that the inventory belongs to Synergetic,
then it will be entitled to a super-priority administrative claim
for the amount of the proceeds used.

A copy of the Stipulation is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3aOdeLe from PacerMonitor.com.  

Accordingly, the October 15 final hearing was vacated.

A copy of the order is available for free at https://bit.ly/3n5WHI6
from PacerMonitor.com.

                   About Relevant Holdings, LLC

Relevant Holdings, LLC, dba Enercat USA, LLC, dba Relevant, LLC,
filed a petition under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 20-16717) on October 12, 2020.  

On the Petition Date, the Debtor disclosed $1 million to $10
million in both assets and liabilities.  W. Tracy Fotiades, its
president, signed the petition.  Judge Michael E. Romero is
assigned to the case.

Weinman & Associates, P.C. is the Debtor's counsel.  The firm may
be reached through:

   Jeffrey A. Weinman, Esq.
   Weinman & Associates, P.C.
   730 17th Street, Suite 240
   Denver, CO 80202
   Telephone: (303) 572-1010
   Email: jweinman@weinmanpc.com


ROCKDALE MARCELLUS: Committee Taps Pachulski as Lead Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------
The official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the
Chapter 11 cases of Rockdale Marcellus Holdings, LLC and Rockdale
Marcellus, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Western District of Pennsylvania to employ Pachulski Stang
Ziehl & Jones LLP as lead counsel.

The firm will render these legal services:

     (a) assist, advise, and represent the committee in its
consultations with the Debtors regarding the administration of
these cases;

     (b) assist, advise, and represent the committee in analyzing
the Debtors' assets and liabilities, validity of liens and
financing arrangements;

     (c) assist, advise, and represent the committee in any manner
relevant to review and determine the Debtors' rights and
obligations under leases and other executory contracts;

     (d) assist, advise, and represent the committee in
investigating the acts, conduct, assets, liabilities, and financial
condition of the Debtors and their operations;

     (e) assist, advise, and represent the committee in its
participation in the negotiation, formulation, and drafting of a
plan of liquidation or reorganization;

     (f) advise the committee on the issues concerning the
appointment of a trustee or examiner under section 1104 of the
Bankruptcy Code;

     (g) assist, advise, and represent the committee in
understanding its powers and its duties under the Bankruptcy Code
and the Bankruptcy Rules;

     (h) assist, advise, and represent the committee in the
evaluation of claims and on any litigation matters; and

     (i) provide such other services to the committee as may be
necessary or appropriate in these cases.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff are as follows:

     Partners        $845 - $1,695
     Of Counsel      $695 - $1,275
     Associates        $695 - $750
     Paraprofessionals $375 - $475

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursement for expenses
incurred.

The firm also provided the following responses to the questions set
forth in Part D of the Revised U.S. Trustee Guidelines:

  Question: Did you agree to any variations from, or alternatives
to, your standard or customary billing arrangements for this
engagement?

  Response: No

  Question: Do any of the professionals included in this engagement
vary their rate based on the geographic location of the bankruptcy
case?

  Response: No

  Question: If you represented the client in the 12 months
prepetition, disclose your billing rates and material financial
terms for the prepetition engagement, including any adjustments
during the 12 months prepetition. If your billing rates and
material financial terms have changed post-petition, explain the
difference and the reasons for the difference.

  Response: Not Applicable.

  Question: Has your client approved your prospective budget and
staffing plan, and, if so for what budget period.

  Response: As committee counsel, Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones
anticipates that the committee's professional fees will be
initially governed by the court's various orders approving the
Debtors' use of cash collateral, debtor-in-possession financing,
and other relevant orders, (although such orders may not limit the
professional fees incurred by the committee), subject to any rights
that the committee may have to object if an agreement cannot be
reached between the Debtors and the committee. The committee and
its professionals reserve all rights to seek approval of committee
professional fees.

Bradford Sandler, Esq., a partner at Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones,
disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested
person" as that term is defined in Section 101(14) of the
Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Bradford J. Sandler, Esq.
     Robert J. Feinstein, Esq.
     Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones LLP
     780 Third Avenue, 34th Floor
     New York, NY 10017
     Telephone: (212) 561-7700
     Facsimile: (212) 561-7777
     Email: bsandler@pszjlaw.com
            rfeinstein@pszjlaw.com

                     About Rockdale Marcellus

Rockdale Marcellus is a northeast Pennsylvania natural gas driller.
It owns and operates 66 producing wells on 42,897 net acres in
three northeast Pennsylvania counties.

On Sept. 21, 2021, Rockdale Marcellus, LLC and Rockdale Marcellus
Holdings, LLC filed petitions for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
W.D. Pa. Lead Case No. 21-22080). The Debtors' cases have been
assigned to Judge Gregory L. Taddonio.

Rockdale Marcellus, LLC listed $100 million to $500 million in
assets and liabilities as of the bankruptcy filing.

The Debtors tapped Reed Smith, LLP as bankruptcy counsel; Quinn
Emanuel Urquhart & Sullivan, LLP as special litigation counsel;
Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc. as financial advisor and investment
banker; and Huron Consulting Services, LLC as restructuring
advisor. John C. DiDonato, managing director at Huron, serves as
the Debtors' chief restructuring officer. Epiq is the claims and
noticing agent and administrative agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Regions 3 and 9 appointed an official
committee of unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases
on Oct. 1, 2021. The committee tapped Pachulski Stang Ziehl &
Jones, LLP as lead bankruptcy counsel; Whiteford Taylor & Preston
LLP as local counsel; and Riveron RTS, LLC as financial advisor.


ROCKDALE MARCELLUS: Committee Taps Riveron as Financial Advisor
---------------------------------------------------------------
The official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the
Chapter 11 cases of Rockdale Marcellus Holdings, LLC and Rockdale
Marcellus, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Western District of Pennsylvania to employ Riveron RTS, LLC as
financial advisor.

Riveron RTS will render these services:

     (a) assistance in the analysis, review and monitoring of the
restructuring process;

     (b) assistance in the assessment and monitoring of any sales
process conducted on behalf of the Debtors and analysis of proposed
consideration;

     (c) assistance in the review of financial information prepared
by the Debtors;

     (d) assistance in the review of the Debtors' pre-bankruptcy
financing structure;

     (e) assistance in the review of the Debtors'
debtor-in-possession facility;

     (f) assistance in the review of tax issues;

     (g) assistance in the review of the Debtors' analysis business
assets, the potential disposition or liquidation of the same, and
assistance regarding the review and assessment of any sales process
relating to same;

     (h) attendance at meetings and assistance in discussions with
the Debtors, potential investors, banks, other secured lenders, the
committee and any other official committees organized in these
Chapter 11 proceedings, the U.S. Trustee, other parties-in-interest
and professionals hired by the same, as requested;

     (i) assistance in the review of financial related disclosures
required by the court;

     (j) review the affirmation or rejection of various executory
contracts;

     (k) assistance in the review and evaluation of the Debtors'
employee retention and compensation plans;

     (l) assistance in the evaluation, analysis and forensic
investigation of avoidance actions;

     (m) assistance in the prosecution of committee
responses/objections to the Debtors' motions;

     (n) render such other general business consulting or such
other assistance as the committee or its counsel may deem necessary
that are consistent with the role of a financial advisor; and

     (o) assistance and support in the evaluation of restructuring,
sale and liquidation alternatives.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff are as follows:

     Senior Managing Directors $955 - $1,350
     Managing Directors        $825 - $1,095
     Directors                   $640 - $790
     Senior Associates           $490 - $625
     Analysts                    $235 - $490

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursement for expenses
incurred.

Gary Barton, Esq., a managing director at Riveron RTS, disclosed in
a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as that
term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Gary R. Barton
     Riveron RTS, LLC
     909 Fannin Street, Suite 4000
     Houston, TX 77010
     Telephone: (713) 391-8498
     Email: gary.barton@riveron.com

                     About Rockdale Marcellus

Rockdale Marcellus is a northeast Pennsylvania natural gas driller.
It owns and operates 66 producing wells on 42,897 net acres in
three northeast Pennsylvania counties.

On Sept. 21, 2021, Rockdale Marcellus, LLC and Rockdale Marcellus
Holdings, LLC filed petitions for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
W.D. Pa. Lead Case No. 21-22080). The Debtors' cases have been
assigned to Judge Gregory L. Taddonio.

Rockdale Marcellus, LLC listed $100 million to $500 million in
assets and liabilities as of the bankruptcy filing.

The Debtors tapped Reed Smith, LLP as bankruptcy counsel; Quinn
Emanuel Urquhart & Sullivan, LLP as special litigation counsel;
Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc. as financial advisor and investment
banker; and Huron Consulting Services, LLC as restructuring
advisor. John C. DiDonato, managing director at Huron, serves as
the Debtors' chief restructuring officer. Epiq is the claims and
noticing agent and administrative agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Regions 3 and 9 appointed an official
committee of unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases
on Oct. 1, 2021. The committee tapped Pachulski Stang Ziehl &
Jones, LLP as lead bankruptcy counsel; Whiteford Taylor & Preston
LLP as local counsel; and Riveron RTS, LLC as financial advisor.


ROCKDALE MARCELLUS: Committee Taps Whiteford as Local Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
The official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the
Chapter 11 cases of Rockdale Marcellus Holdings, LLC and Rockdale
Marcellus, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Western District of Pennsylvania to employ Whiteford Taylor &
Preston LLP as local counsel.

The firm will render these legal services:

     (a) advise the committee regarding its rights, powers and
duties;

     (b) advise the committee regarding any contemplated sale of
assets or business combinations;

     (c) advise the committee in investigating the acts, conduct,
assets, liabilities, and financial condition of the Debtors and
their operations;

     (d) advise the committee on the issues concerning the
appointment of a trustee or examiner under section 1104 of the
Bankruptcy Code;

     (e) advise the committee in the evaluation of claims and on
any litigation matters;

     (f) advise the committee regarding prepetition and
post-petition financing and cash collateral arrangements and
negotiate documents relating thereto;

     (g) advise the committee on matters relating to the Debtors'
assumption, assumption and assignment and rejection of executory
contracts and unexpired leases;

     (h) advise the committee on matters relating to the ordinary
course of business;

     (i) review the nature and validity of any liens asserted
against the Debtors' property and advise the committee concerning
the enforceability of such liens;

     (j) negotiate and participate in the preparation of the
Debtors' plan(s) of reorganization, related disclosure statement(s)
and other related documents and agreements and advise and
participate in the confirmation of such plan(s);

     (k) perform all other necessary legal services and provide all
necessary legal advice to the committee in connection with the
Chapter 11 cases; and

     (l) handle such other matters as may be requested by the
committee and to which Whiteford agrees.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff are as follows:

     Michael J. Roeschenthaler, Partner $665
     J. Daniel Vorsteg, Partner         $635
     Brandy M. Rapp, Partner            $495
     Daniel R. Schimizzi, Partner       $455
     Kelly E. McCauley, Associate       $425
     Paralegal                          $310

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursement for expenses
incurred.

Whiteford also provided the following responses to the questions
set forth in Part D of the Revised U.S. Trustee Guidelines:

  Question: Did you agree to any variations from, or alternatives
to, your standard or customary billing arrangements for this
engagement?

  Response: No

  Question: Do any of the professionals included in this engagement
vary their rate based on the geographic location of the bankruptcy
case?

  Response: No

  Question: If you represented the client in the 12 months
prepetition, disclose your billing rates and material financial
terms for the prepetition engagement, including any adjustments
during the 12 months prepetition. If your billing rates and
material financial terms have changed post-petition, explain the
difference and the reasons for the difference.

  Response: Not applicable.

  Question: Has your client approved your prospective budget and
staffing plan, and, if so for what budget period.

  Response: As committee counsel, Whiteford Taylor & Preston
anticipates that the committee's professional fees will be
initially governed by the court's various orders approving the
Debtors' use of cash collateral, debtor-in-possession financing,
and other relevant orders, (although such orders may not limit the
professional fees incurred by the committee), subject to any rights
that the committee may have to object if an agreement cannot be
reached between the Debtors and the committee. The committee and
its professionals reserve all rights to seek approval of committee
professional fees.

Michael Roeschenthaler, Esq., a partner at Whiteford Taylor &
Preston, disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a
"disinterested person" as that term is defined in Section 101(14)
of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Daniel R. Schimizzi, Esq.
     Michael J. Roeschenthaler, Esq.
     Scott M. Hare, Esq.
     Whiteford, Taylor & Preston, LLP
     200 First Avenue, Third Floor
     Pittsburgh, PA 15222
     Telephone: (412) 275-2401
     Facsimile: (412) 275-2404
     Email: mroeschenthaler@wtplaw.com
            share@wtplaw.com
            dschimizzi@wtplaw.com

                     About Rockdale Marcellus

Rockdale Marcellus is a northeast Pennsylvania natural gas driller.
It owns and operates 66 producing wells on 42,897 net acres in
three northeast Pennsylvania counties.

On Sept. 21, 2021, Rockdale Marcellus, LLC and Rockdale Marcellus
Holdings, LLC filed petitions for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
W.D. Pa. Lead Case No. 21-22080). The Debtors' cases have been
assigned to Judge Gregory L. Taddonio.

Rockdale Marcellus, LLC listed $100 million to $500 million in
assets and liabilities as of the bankruptcy filing.

The Debtors tapped Reed Smith, LLP as bankruptcy counsel; Quinn
Emanuel Urquhart & Sullivan, LLP as special litigation counsel;
Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc. as financial advisor and investment
banker; and Huron Consulting Services, LLC as restructuring
advisor. John C. DiDonato, managing director at Huron, serves as
the Debtors' chief restructuring officer. Epiq is the claims and
noticing agent and administrative agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Regions 3 and 9 appointed an official
committee of unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases
on Oct. 1, 2021. The committee tapped Pachulski Stang Ziehl &
Jones, LLP as lead bankruptcy counsel; Whiteford Taylor & Preston
LLP as local counsel; and Riveron RTS, LLC as financial advisor.


ROMANS HOUSE: Trustee Taps Hossley & Embry as Special Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
Michael McConnell, the appointed trustee in the Chapter 11 cases of
Romans House, LLC and Healthcore System Management, LLC, seeks
approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District
of Texas to employ Hossley & Embry, LLP as special counsel.

Hossley will render these legal services:

     (a) advise the trustee with respect to the rights and
obligations regarding matters of insurance law and other applicable
statutory, common law and regulatory schemes;

     (b) prepare legal papers in connection with the insurance
claim;

     (c) perform all other legal services for and on behalf of the
trustee that may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the
insurance claim; and

     (d) any other matter that may arise in connection with the
insurance claim.

Hossley will be compensated on a contingency fee basis as follows:

     (a) 10 percent of the gross amount of any recovery if the
claim is resolved and settled before six months from Hossley's
claim submission to the insurance company;

     (b) 20 percent of the gross amount of any recovery if the
claim was filed and it is currently in denial or in appraisal
process prior to Hossley's engagement;

     (c) 33.33 percent of the gross amount of any recovery if the
case is resolved and settled after a lawsuit is filed by Hossley on
the trustee's behalf.

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursement for expenses
incurred.

Chris Peirce, Esq., a member of Hossley & Embry, disclosed in a
court filing that his firm is a "disinterested person" as that term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Chris Peirce, Esq.
     Hossley & Embry LLP
     515 S. Vine Ave.
     Tyler, TX 75702
     Telephone: (903) 526-1772
     Facsimile: (903) 526-1773
     Email: cpeirce@hossleyembry.com

                        About Romans House

Based in Forth Worth, Texas, Romans House, LLC operates Tandy
Village Assisted Living, a continuing care retirement community and
assisted living facility for the elderly in Fort Worth, Texas. Its
affiliate, Healthcore System Management, LLC, operates Vincent
Victoria Village Assisted Living, also an assisted living facility
for the elderly.

Romans House and Healthcore System Management sought Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. N.D. of Texas Case No. 19-45023 and 19-45024) on
Dec. 9, 2019. At the time of the filing, Romans House had between
$1 million and $10 million in both assets and liabilities.
Meanwhile, Healthcore System Management disclosed total assets of
up to $10 million and total liabilities of up to $50 million.

The Hon. Edward L. Morris is the case judge.

Demarco Mitchell, PLLC and Levene, Neale, Bender, Yoo & Brill
L.L.P. serve as the Debtors' legal counsel.

Michael McConnell is the Chapter 11 trustee appointed in the
Debtors' bankruptcy cases. The trustee tapped Kelly Hart & Hallman,
LLP as bankruptcy counsel and Hossley & Embry, LLP as special
counsel.


ROSCOE GUITARS: Seeks Approval to Hire Blake Gecinger as Accountant
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Roscoe Guitars, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Middle District of North Carolina to employ Blake Gecinger,
an accountant practicing in High Point, N.C.

The services to be provided by the accountant include the
preparation of tax returns, financial and accounting advice, and
bookkeeping services.

Mr. Gecinger will bill $120 per hour for payroll and bookkeeping
services and $240 per hour for tax preparation and business
counseling.

In court papers, Mr. Gecinger disclosed that he is a disinterested
person as defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Blake Gecinger, EA
     Gecinger Tax & Accounting
     4045 Premier Drive, Suite 200
     High Point, NC 27265
     Phone: 336-852-0531
     Email: blake@gecinger.com



Roscoe Guitars, Inc. filed its voluntary petition for Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. M.D.N.C. Case No. 21-10520) on Sept. 27, 2021,
listing up to $500,000 in assets and up to $1 million in
liabilities.  Keith B. Roscoe, president, signed the petition.  

Judge Lena M. James oversees the case.  

Dirk W. Siegmund, Esq., at Ivey, McClellan, Siegmund, Brumbaugh &
McDonough, LLP and Blake Gecinger of Gecinger Tax & Accounting
serve as the Debtor's legal counsel and accountant, respectively.


RUBY JUDE: Seeks to Hire Belmont Firm as Legal Counsel
------------------------------------------------------
Ruby Jude City, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Columbia to employ The VerStandig Law Firm,
LLC, doing business as The Belmont Firm, as its legal counsel.

The firm will render these legal services:

     (a) prepare and file all necessary legal papers;

     (b) negotiate with creditors, equity holders, and other
interested parties;

     (c) represent the Debtor in any adversary proceedings,
contested matters, and other proceedings before this honorable
court;

     (d) prepare a plan of reorganization on behalf of the Debtor;
and

     (e) other necessary legal services.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff are as follows:

     Partners     $400
     Associates   $200
     Paralegals   $100

Maurice B. VerStandig, Esq., a member of The Belmont Firm,
disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested
person" as that term is defined in Section 101(14) of the
Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Maurice B. VerStandig, Esq.
     The Belmont Firm
     1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 500
     Washington, DC 20036
     Telephone: (202) 991-1101
     Email: mac@dcbankruptcy.com
    
                       About Ruby Jude City

Ruby Jude City LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.D.C. Case No. 21-00254)
on Oct. 17, 2021, listing under $1 million in both assets and
liabilities. Judge Elizabeth L. Gunn oversees the case. The Belmont
Firm serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


RYBEK DEVELOPMENTS: Taps Robert Romanet as Real Estate Agent
------------------------------------------------------------
Rybek Developments, LLC received approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Arizona to employ Robert Romanet, a real
estate agent at Kenneth James Realty, Inc., to market and sell its
real property located at 1916 East Hayden Lane, Tempe, Ariz.

Mr. Romanet will receive a commission of 6 percent of the
property's total sales price subject to reduction by up to 3
percent to be paid to buyer's broker, if any.

Mr. Romanet disclosed in a court filing that he has no interest
adverse to the Debtor.

The firm can be reached through:

     Robert Romanet
     Kenneth James Realty, Inc.
     555 North College Avenue, Suite 1033
     Tempe, AZ 85281
     Telephone: (480) 455-9003
          
                     About Rybek Developments

Rybek Developments, LLC filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 21-07697) on Oct. 13, 2021, listing as
much as $1 million in both assets and liabilities. Judge Daniel P.
Collins oversees the case. Allan D. NewDelman, P.C. serves as the
Debtor's legal counsel.


SCRATCH SERVICE: Seeks to Hire Alla Kachan as Bankruptcy Counsel
----------------------------------------------------------------
Scratch Service Corp. seeks approval from the  U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Eastern District of New York to hire the Law Offices
of Alla Kachan, P.C. to serve as legal counsel in its Chapter 11
case.

The firm's services include:

     (a) assisting the Debtor in administering the case;

     (b) making such motions or taking such action as may be
appropriate or necessary under the Bankruptcy Code;

     (c) representing the Debtor in prosecuting adversary
proceedings to collect assets of the estate and such other actions
as the Debtor deems appropriate;

     (d) taking necessary steps to marshal and protect the estate's
assets;

     (e) negotiating with creditors in formulating a plan of
reorganization for the Debtor;

     (f) seeking confirmation of the Debtor's plan of
reorganization; and

     (g) rendering such additional services as the Debtor may
require in the case.

Alla Kachan, Esq., the firm's attorney who will be providing the
services, will be paid at an hourly rate of $475, while the firm's
clerks and paraprofessionals will be paid at an hourly rate of
$250.

Mr. Kachan disclosed in a court filing that he is a "disinterested
person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Alla Kachan, Esq.
     Law Offices of Alla Kachan, P.C.
     2799 Coney Island Avenue, Suite 202
     Brooklyn, NY 11235
     Tel: (718) 513-3145
     Fax: (347) 342-3156
     Email: alla@kachanlaw.com

               About Scratch Service Corp.

Scratch Service Corp., a Sunnyside, N.Y.-based company that
provides taxi and limousine services, filed its voluntary petition
for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-41892) on
July 27, 2021, listing $403,093 in assets and $1,614,996 in
liabilities.  Mitchell Cohen, president of Scratch Service Corp.,
signed the petition.  

Judge Nancy Hershey Lord oversees the case.

Alla Kachan, Esq., at the Law Offices of Alla Kachan, P.C. and
Wisdom Professional Services Inc. serve as the Debtor's legal
counsel and accountant, respectively.


SCRATCH SERVICE: Taps Wisdom Professional Services as Accountant
----------------------------------------------------------------
Scratch Service Corp. seeks approval from the  U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Eastern District of New York to hire Wisdom
Professional Services Inc. to prepare its monthly operating
reports.

The firm will charge $275 per report for its services.

As disclosed in court filings, Wisdom Professional Services is
disinterested within the meaning of Section 101(14) of the
Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Michael Shtarkman, CPA
     Wisdom Professional Services Inc.
     626 Sheepshead Bay Road, Suite 640
     Brooklyn, NY 11224
     Phone: +1 718-554-6672
     Email: michael@shtarkmancpa.com
            mshtarkmancpa@gmail.com

               About Scratch Service Corp.

Scratch Service Corp., a Sunnyside, N.Y.-based company that
provides taxi and limousine services, filed its voluntary petition
for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-41892) on
July 27, 2021, listing $403,093 in assets and $1,614,996 in
liabilities.  Mitchell Cohen, president of Scratch Service Corp.,
signed the petition.  

Judge Nancy Hershey Lord oversees the case.

Alla Kachan, Esq., at the Law Offices of Alla Kachan, P.C. and
Wisdom Professional Services Inc. serve as the Debtor's legal
counsel and accountant, respectively.


SCS HOLDINGS: S&P Places 'B' ICR on CreditWatch Positive
--------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings placed its ratings on value-added reseller
Sirius Computer Solutions, including the 'B' issuer credit rating,
on CreditWatch with positive implications. S&P expects to resolve
its CreditWatch when the transaction closes.

S&P said, "The CreditWatch placement reflects our belief that the
pending acquisition of Sirius by CDW will likely result in all
Sirius debt being repaid. The company expects the transaction to
close in December 2021.

"We will resolve the CreditWatch over the next 90 days or at
transaction close once we have further details on the new capital
structure. If all debt is repaid, we would expect to withdraw all
existing ratings on Sirius."



SILVER PLAZA: Wins Cash Collateral Access
-----------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Washington in
Seattle has authorized Silver Plaza, LLLP to use cash collateral on
an interim basis in accordance with the budget.

Snohomish County, WADOT Capital, Inc., Tapson, LLC, and Yi Qiao,
Ambleside Holdings USA Inc, and De Xiang Holding LTD may assert an
interest in the cash collateral.

The Debtor is authorized to pay nunc pro tunc these regular and
ongoing monthly expenses from any rents it receives, to the extent
of cash availability:

     a. 1688 Management, Inc. -- $1878.40 per month
     b. Alarm Technology -- $65.88 per month

The Debtor will otherwise only use Cash Collateral to pay
post-petition operating expenses and obligations directly relating
to the preservation and protection of the Collateral and operation
of the Debtor's business. No operating expenses will be paid to
persons or entities related to the Debtor. Any unpaid monthly
operating expenses not paid from ongoing rents will be preserved as
administrative claims in these proceedings.

All Secured Creditors will retain all of their pre-petition
security interests in all prepetition collateral and the order does
not impair, modify, or affect the priority of secured claims
against the estate.

As adequate protection, Replacement Liens in the same type of
collateral held pre-petition are granted to all existing secured
creditors in their pre-petition rank priority, and will be valid,
perfected and enforceable security interests and liens on the Cash
Collateral and post-petition proceeds thereof without further
filing or recording of any document or instrument or any other
action. No further documentation will be necessary to evidence or
perfect the lien or to give notice to third parties of the same.

A copy of the order is available at https://bit.ly/3aVdTdS from
PacerMonitor.com.

               About Silver Plaza

Silver Plaza, LLLP owns a commercial property in Everett,
Washington. It filed a petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
W.D. Wash. Case No. 21-11592) on Aug. 19, 2021, listing $4,023,261
in assets and $6,556,398 in liabilities.  Rongfang Chan, as
managing partner, signed the petition.  

Judge Marc Barreca oversees the case.  

The Debtor tapped Vortman & Feinstein as legal counsel.



SPICE MUST FLOW: May Use PS Funding & Pantheon Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of North
Carolina has authorized The Spice Must Flow, LLC to use the cash
collateral of PS Funding, Inc. and Pantheon Capital Advisors, Inc.
in the ordinary course of its business, pursuant to the budget,
through 11:59 p.m. on November 18, 2021.

Judge George R. Hodges, however, denied the Debtor access to the
cash collateral of Shellpoint Mortgage Servicing, Inc., without
prejudice to the Debtor seeking further Court approval.

As adequate protection, PS Funding and Pantheon are granted
security interests in and liens on all postpetition assets of the
Debtor, of the same type and to the same extent and validity as the
liens and encumbrances of the Lender, attaching to the Debtor's
assets prepetition.

Moreover, the Debtor will make adequate protection payments to PS
Funding for $750 to be applied to the debt associated with the 50
Newfound Rd. property, and $1,250 to be applied to the debt related
to the 41 McKinney Dr. property.  The initial payment was due by
September 30.  Subsequent payments are due by the last business day
of each month thereafter.

The Debtor will also escrow or prepay funds for ad valorem taxes
equal to 1/12 of the yearly amount due on each property.

A final hearing on the use of cash collateral is scheduled for
November 17 at 9:30 a.m.

A copy of the order is available and the Debtor's budget is
available for free at https://bit.ly/3lZ6MHI from
PacerMonitor.com.

The budget provided for total expenses of $13,540.84 for October
2021 and $9,965.84 for November 2021.

                     About The Spice Must Flow

The Spice Must Flow, LLC, an Asheville, N.C.-based company, sought
protection for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. W.D.N.C. Case 21-10135)  on July 6, 2021.  Shawn Thomas
Johnson, member and manager, signed the petition. At the time of
filing, the Debtor disclosed total assets of up to $10 million and
total liabilities of up to $1 million.  

Judge George R. Hodges presides over the case.  

Ivey, Mcclellan, Siegmund, Brumbaugh & McDonough, LLP, serves as
the Debtor's legal counsel.



STONEYS KINGFISHERS: Seeks to Tap McNamee Hosea as Legal Counsel
----------------------------------------------------------------
Stoneys Kingfishers Seafood House, Inc. seeks approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Arizona to employ the law
firm of McNamee Hosea, PA as its legal counsel.

The firm will render these services:

     (a) prepare and file bankruptcy schedules, statement of
affairs and other documents required by the court;

     (b) represent the Debtor at the initial interview and meeting
of creditors;

     (c) advise the Debtor in connection with the formulation,
negotiation and promulgation of plans of reorganization and related
documents;

     (d) advise and assist the Debtor in the negotiation and
documentation of financing agreements, debt restructurings and
related transactions;

     (e) review the validity of liens asserted against the property
of the Debtor and advise the Debtor concerning the enforceability
of such liens;

     (f) prepare legal papers; and

     (g) perform all other legal services that may be necessary in
this Chapter 11 case and the Debtor's business.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff are as follows:

     Partners    $375
     Associates  $325
     Paralegal   $105

Steven Goldberg, Esq., a member of McNamee Hosea, disclosed in a
court filing that his firm is a "disinterested person" as that term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Steven L. Goldberg, Esq.
     McNamee Hosea, PA
     6411 Ivy Lane, Suite 200
     Greenbelt, MD 20770
     Telephone: (301) 441-2420
     Facsimile: (301) 982-9450
     Email: sgoldberg@mhlawyers.com
          
              About Stoneys Kingfishers Seafood House

Solomons, Md.-based Stoneys Kingfishers Seafood House, Inc. filed a
petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Md. Case No.
21-16577) on Oct. 18, 2021, listing up to $10 million in both
assets and liabilities. The law firm of McNamee Hosea, PA serves as
the Debtor's legal counsel.


SUNDANCE ENERGY: Searches for Buyer After Bankruptcy Exit, Oil Rose
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Rachel Butt and Kiel Porter of Bloomberg Law report that Sundance
Energy is sounding out potential buyers after the oil and gas
company slashed over $250 million of debt through bankruptcy
earlier this 2021, according to people with knowledge of the
situation.

Closely-held Sundance has hired bankers to run the sale process and
is seeking bid proposals by December, said the people, who asked
not to be identified because the matter is private.

Sundance's assets span across roughly 38,000 acres in the Eagle
Ford, with 80% being liquids, the people said. Average net
production is expected to reach 12,000 barrels.

                    About Sundance Energy

Sundance Energy Inc. -- http://www.sundanceenergy.net/-- is an
independent energy exploration and production company located in
Denver, Colorado. The Company is focused on the acquisition and
development of large, repeatable oil and natural gas resource plays
in North America. Current activities are focused in the Eagle
Ford.

On March 9, 2021, Sundance Energy, Inc. and 3 affiliated debtors
each filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the
United States Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Texas Lead Case No.
21-30882). The Honorable David R. Jones is the case judge.

The Debtors tapped Latham & Watkins LLP and Hunton Andrews Kurth
LLP as counsel and Miller Buckfire & Co., LLC as investment banker;
and FTI Consulting Inc. as financial advisor. Prime Clerk LLC is
the claims agent.

Haynes & Boone LLP, and Opportune LLP advise Toronto Dominion
(Texas) LLC, which currently serves as successor administrative
agent under the Prepetition RBL Facility.

K&L Gates LLP, is counsel to ABN AMRO Capital USA, LLC. Luskin,
Stern & Eisler LLP, is counsel to Credit Agricole Corporate and
Investment Bank.

Morgan Stanley Capital Administrators, Inc., is advised by Simpson
Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Locke Lord LLP, and Houlihan Lokey Capital,
Inc.


SWEET BRIAR COLLEGE: S&P Raises 2006 Rev. Refunding Bond to 'BB'
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its long-term rating on Amherst
Industrial Development Authority, Va.'s series 2006 educational
facilities revenue refunding bonds, issued for Sweet Briar College
(Sweet Briar or SBC) to 'BB' from 'BB-'. The outlook is stable.

Sweet Briar's total debt outstanding as of its latest audited
fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, was about $12.2 million including
a minor amount of capital leases. All bonded indebtedness is fixed
rate and is secured by an unconditional general obligation (GO)
pledge of the college.

"The upgrade and outlook reflect Sweet Briar's slowly improving
enrollment, including positive year-over-year full-time equivalent
enrollment for each of the three fall enrollment periods ended in
fall 2020, positive net tuition revenue growth in fiscal 2020 after
decline in the two preceding years, improved management and
governance and adequate financial resources with a moderate debt
burden," said S&P Global Ratings credit analyst Ken Rodgers.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our view that while Sweet
Briar has improved in many respects it remains vulnerable due to
its low enrollment and dependency on fundraising to support ongoing
operations. Our view reflects our expectation that enrollment will
show minor improvement, financial performance will remain modestly
profitable, and no additional debt will be issued in the next year
thereby preserving some flexibility afforded by maintaining healthy
available resources."



TERRA MANAGEMENT: Seeks to Hire Brownstein as Bankruptcy Counsel
----------------------------------------------------------------
Terra Management Group, LLC and Littleton Main Street, LLC seek
approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Colorado to hire Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP to serve as
legal counsel in their Chapter 11 cases.

The firm's services include:

     a. assisting in the preparation of the Debtors' bankruptcy
schedules, statement of financial affairs and pleadings necessary
to comply with the Bankruptcy Code;

     b. assisting in the preparation of the Debtors' plan of
reorganization and disclosure statement;

     c. preparing legal papers;

     d. representing the Debtors in adversary proceedings and
contested matters related to their bankruptcy cases;

     e. providing legal advice with respect to the Debtors' rights,
powers, obligations and duties in the continuing operation of their
business and administration of their estate;

     f. representing the Debtors in litigation whether in state or
federal court, including the pending litigation in the Colorado
district court captioned Kathleen Keaten and Delaney Keaten v.
Terra Management Group, LLC and Littleton Main Street LLC d/b/a
Main Street Apartments, Case No. 2019CV32566, and an appeal of any
judgment entered in that case against the Debtors; and

     g. providing other necessary legal services.

The firm's hourly rates are as follows:

     Michael J. Pankow          $765 per hour
     Christopher Murray         $635 per hour
     Julian Ellis               $440 per hour
     Amalia Sax-Bolder          $425 per hour
     Sean Cuff                  $360 per hour
     Sheila Grisham, Paralegal  $345 per hour

As disclosed in court filings, Brownstein is a "disinterested
person" within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code Section 101(14).

The firm can be reached through:

     Michael J. Pankow, Esq.
     Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP
     410 Seventeenth Street
     Denver, CO 80202
     Tel: (303) 223-1100
     Email: mpankow@bhfs.com

                 About Terra Management Group and
                       Littleton Main Street

Terra Management Group, LLC is an Englewood, Colo.-based company
engaged in activities related to real estate.

Terra Management Group and Littleton Main Street, LLC filed their
voluntary petitions for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Colo. Case
No. 21-15245) on Oct. 15, 2021.  J. Marc Hendricks, president and
manager of Terra Management Group, signed the petitions.  In their
petitions, Terra Management Group listed up to $100,000 in assets
and up to $50 million in liabilities while Littleton listed as much
as $50 million in both assets and liabilities.  

Judge Kimberley H. Tyson oversees the case.  

Michael J. Pankow, Esq., at Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, LLP
serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


THE HAYWORTH: Maltz to Hold Public Auction on Jan. 10, 2022
-----------------------------------------------------------
Pursuant to (a) Section 9-610 of the Uniform Commercial Code as
adopted in the State of New York, (b) that certain (i) amended and
restated mezzanine loan and security agreement ("mezzanine loan
agreement"), by and among Moo Three LLC ("mezzanine borrower") and
86th Street Lender LLP as administrative agent for and on behalf of
the lenders ("secured party"); (ii) amended and restated senior
loan and security agreement, by and among Monty Two East 86th
Street Associates LLC ("Monty Two") and Monty Three East 86th
Street Associates LLC ("Monty Three", together with Monty Two,
"Mortgage Borrower"), administrative agent and lenders; (iii)
amended and restated building loan and security agreement, by and
among mortgage borrower, administrative agent and lenders; and (iv)
amended and restated project loan and security agreement, by and
among mortgage borrower and administrative agent, Security Party
will offer for sale to the public in a public auction to be
conducted both in person and via audio/video teleconference to the
live auction:

   a) 100% of the limited liability company interests in the
Mortgage Borrower; and

   b) certain related rights and property including without
limitation, that certain property known as The Hayworth, located at
1289 Lexington Avenue at the Northeast corner of 86th Street (115
East 86th Street)("pledged collateral").

The mezzanine loan is subordinate to the mortgage loan on the
property in the cumulative original principal amount of $138
million.

The sale of the collateral will take place on Jan. 10, 2022, at
10:00 a.m. (New York Time) in the offices of Cushman & Wakefield,
1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104-6178.  The
sale will be a public auction to the highest qualified bidder.  The
pledged collateral will be sold as a block, and will not be divided
or sold in any lesser amounts.  The public sale will be conducted
by:

      Richard B. Maltz
      David A. Constantino
      39 Windsor Place
      Central Islip, NY 11722
      Maltz Auctions
      Tel: (516) 349-7022
      Fax: (516) 349-0105
      E-mail: info@MaltzAuctions.com

Cushman & Wakefield can be reached at:

      Cushman & Wakefield
      Attn: Amy Brooks
      1290 Avenue of the Americas
      New York, NY 10104-6178
      Tel: (212) 841-7728
           (212) 841-7500
      Cel: (516) 578-2983
      E-mail: amy.brooks@cushwake.com


TOP NOTCH HEALTHCARE: Seeks to Hire The Lane Law Firm as Counsel
----------------------------------------------------------------
Top Notch Healthcare Assistance, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas to employ The
Lane Law Firm, PLLC as counsel.

The firm will render these legal services:

     (a) assist, advise and represent the Debtor relative to the
administration of its Chapter 11 case;

     (b) analyze the Debtor's assets and liabilities, investigate
the extent and validity of lien and claims, and participate in and
review any proposed asset sales or dispositions;

     (c) attend meetings and negotiate with representatives of
secured creditors;

     (d) assist the Debtor in the preparation, analysis and
negotiation of any plan of reorganization and disclosure
statement;

     (e) take all necessary action to protect and preserve the
interests of the Debtor;

     (f) appear, as appropriate, before the bankruptcy court, the
appellate courts, and other courts; and

     (g) perform all other necessary legal services.

The hourly rates of the firm's attorneys and staff are as follows:

     Robert C. Lane         $375
     Supervising Attorneys  $300
     Associate Attorneys    $250
     Paraprofessionals      $150

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursement for out-of-pocket
expenses incurred.

The firm received $12,500 from the Debtor as payment for financial
advice and representation.

Robert Lane, Esq., a partner at The Lane Law Firm, disclosed in a
court filing that his firm is a "disinterested person" as defined
in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:
     
     Robert C. Lane, Esq.
     The Lane Law Firm, PLLC
     6200 Savoy, Suite 1150
     Houston, TX 77036
     Telephone: (713) 595-8200
     Facsimile: (713) 595-8201
     Email: notifications@lanelaw.com
          
               About Top Notch Healthcare Assistance

Top Notch Healthcare Assistance, LLC, a provider of nursing
services to elderly and disabled individuals, sought protection
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No.
21-33376) on Oct. 15, 2021. In the petition signed by John Garner,
owner and president, the Debtor disclosed up to $100,000 in assets
and liabilities. Judge Jeffrey P. Norman oversees the case. The
Lane Law Firm, PLLC serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


TRANSMONTAIGNE OPERATING: S&P Assigns 'B+' ICR on Debt Issuance
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB-'issue-level and a '2 (85%)'
recovery ratings to the senior secured term loan at TransMontaigne
Operating Co. L.P. (TM OpCo). The '2' recovery rating indicates its
expectation for a substantial recovery in the event of default.

S&P said, "At the same time, we lowered our issuer-credit rating at
TransMontaigne Partners to 'B+' from 'BB-'. The outlook is stable.

"We also lowered our rating on the senior unsecured notes to 'B-'
with a '6' (0%) recovery from 'B+' with a '5' (25%) recovery
rating. The '6' recovery rating indicates our expectation for
negligible recovery in the event of default.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectations that pro forma EBITDA
generation will increase to the $215 million-$230 million range in
2022, resulting in consolidated adjusted leverage above 7.5x in
2021 and trending toward 7x in 2022 as new projects become
operational."

TM OpCo has issued a $1 billion term loan and a $150 million
revolving credit facility, undrawn at close, which it will use to
fund the acquisition of SeaPort Financing, an Arclight Fund VI
portfolio company. Proceeds from the transaction will also be used
to repay approximately $350 million outstanding on the existing
revolving credit facility at TLP, partially repay $173 million on
the existing term loan B at Holdings, pay down outstanding debt at
SeaPort, and fund a distribution to Pike Petroleum, the owner of
Holdings.

The SeaPort assets are integrated infrastructure serving the
refined products and renewable fuel markets of the Pacific
Northwest. SeaPort owns 100% of the Sound terminal as well as 51%
of the Seattle and Portland terminals and 30% of Olympic Pipeline
and Bayview terminal via joint ventures with BP. S&P expects the
acquisition to generate $40 million-$45 million in run-rate EBITDA,
mostly from long-term take-or-pay contracts or Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission-regulated tariffs. SeaPort's revenues are
100% contracted with high credit quality counterparties. Pro forma
for the acquisition, the company will have a presence in seven
strategic locations across the U.S., with 43.4 million barrels of
storage capacity, 55 terminal facilities, and three pipeline
systems. The combination will further enhance the scale and
diversification of TM OpCo.

S&P said, "Our assessment of TM OpCo's business risk is supported
by the company's limited commodity-price exposure and highly
predictable cash flows, with about 80% of revenues coming from firm
commitments with creditworthy offtakers. However, its overall
contract profile has somewhat declined over time, with
approximately 63% of contracts coming due in three years or less,
compared to about 48% in 2018. Despite the average tenor of
contracts shortening, the contracts are evergreen in nature and the
company has an established record of renewing contracts as they
come due. In our view, the improvements from the acquisition are
somewhat offset by a marginally weaker contract structure.

"We consider consolidated leverage in our analysis of TM OpCo as
its parent companies rely on it to service their debt. There are no
additional assets at the parent entities but there is debt at the
Holdings level and approximately $300 million of senior unsecured
debt at TLP pro forma for the transaction. TLP's consolidated
financials are representative of TM OpCo's financial situation as
TLP is just a pass-through entity. Pro forma for the transaction,
we now expect consolidated leverage, inclusive of Holdings, to be
over 7.5x in 2021 and approaching 7x in 2022. We expect the new
assets to generate incremental EBITDA in the future years and
expect adjusted EBITDA to be in the $210 million–$230 million
range through 2023. Positively, we expect the company to sweep
excess cash flows against the new term loan at TM OpCo. Although we
expect the company to fully repay the existing revolving credit
facility at TLP and repay a portion of the existing term loan at
Holdings, the $1 billion term loan at TM OpCo elevates consolidated
credit metrics so that consolidated adjusted debt to EBITDA of TLP
remains above 6.5x during our forecasted period. As a result, we
lowered our rating at TLP by one-notch. This constrains the credit
quality of TM OpCo, which we view to have a stand-alone credit
profile of 'bb-.' That said, with minimal forecast capital
expenditures in 2022, we expect TM OpCo to generate at least $130
million in free operating cash flow.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectations that proforma EBITDA
generation will grow to the $215 million-$230 million range in
2022, resulting in consolidated adjusted leverage above 7.5x in
2021 and trending toward 7x in 2022 as new projects become
operational.

"We could consider a negative rating action if consolidated
adjusted debt remains elevated above 7.5x, which could occur if it
is unsuccessful in renewing a significant number of firm contracts
at maturity."

Higher ratings are unlikely in the next two years but could occur
if the company significantly improves its size and scope. This
could also occur if TransMontaigne aggressively reduced
consolidated adjusted leverage trending toward 5.5x.



TYNDALL PARKWAY: Taps Adjusters International as Insurance Adjuster
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Tyndall Parkway Apartments, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Florida to employ
Adjusters International, a Melbourne, Fla.-based insurance
adjuster.

The Debtor needs the firm's services in connection with its claims
for damage to its property.

Adjusters International will be paid 10 percent of the gross
amounts adjusted or otherwise recovered from the insurance claims.

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursement for out-of-pocket
expenses incurred.

Pat Cuccaro, an insurance adjuster at Adjusters International,
disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested
person" as defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:
     
     Pat Cuccaro
     Adjusters International
     6767 North Wickham, Suite 501
     Melbourne, FL 32940
     Telephone: (800) 858-3900
     Facsimile: (321) 255-1142
        
                 About Tyndall Parkway Apartments

Tyndall Parkway Apartments, LLC, a Panama City, Fla.-based company
engaged in renting and leasing real estate properties, sought
protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D.
Fla. Case No. 21-50044) on May 25, 2021. In the petition signed by
Edward E. Wilczewski, president, the Debtor disclosed $10 million
to $50 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Karen K. Specie oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Stichter, Riedel, Blain & Postler, PA as
bankruptcy counsel and Beggs & Lane, RLLP as special counsel.


U.S. TOBACCO: Hits Stubbs & Perdue Over Solicitation Letters
------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Tobacco Cooperative, Inc. has criticized an attempt by Stubbs
& Perdue, P.A. to solicit interests from tobacco growers who might
be willing to serve on a special committee that will represent
members of the cooperative in its Chapter 11 case.

According to U.S. Tobacco's attorney, Rebecca Redwine, Esq., at
Hendren, Redwine & Malone PLLC, Stubbs & Perdue sent three
solicitation letters to member-growers between Aug. 26 and Oct.
11.

"These solicitation letters are deceptive especially in light of
the plan now on file with the court," Ms. Redwine said, referring
to the proposed Chapter 11 plan that the cooperative filed on Oct.
8.

"For example, the October 11th letter implies that the formation of
a committee comprised of current member-growers who are unimpaired
under the plan is necessary to save the tobacco cooperative and for
the cooperative to stay in business.  These two precise objectives
have been the imperative of the professionals retained by the
[cooperative] since day one.  Letters such as these merely distract
from these objectives," the attorney said in court papers.  

Ms. Redwine said the cooperative might in the future request the
U.S. bankruptcy administrator or the court to investigate the
legitimacy of the solicitation process.

On Aug. 27, Stubbs & Perdue asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of North Carolina to approve the formation of a
special committee to eliminate the need for individual
participation by over 500 current member-growers.  The law firm
made the request on behalf of a group comprised of current members
of U.S. Tobacco Cooperative who grow leaf tobacco for purchase by
the cooperative under an annual marketing agreement.

                  About U.S. Tobacco Cooperative

U.S. Tobacco Cooperative Inc. produces U.S. flue-cured tobacco
grown by more than 500 member growers in Florida, Georgia, South
Carolina, North Carolina, and Virginia.  Member-grown tobacco is
processed and sold as raw materials to cigarette manufacturers
worldwide.

U.S. Tobacco Cooperative and affiliates sought Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. E.D.N.C. Lead Case No. 21-01511) on July 7,
2021. In the petition signed by Keith H. Merrick, chief financial
officer, U.S. Tobacco Cooperative estimated assets of between $100
million and $500 million and estimated liabilities of between $100
million and $500 million.

Judge Joseph N. Callaway oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Hendren, Redwine & Malone, PLLC as bankruptcy
counsel, and McGuireWoods, LLP and Robinson, Bradshaw & Hinson,
P.A. as special counsel.  BDO Consulting Group, LLC, SSG Advisors,
LLC and CliftonLarsonAllen serve as the Debtors' financial advisor,
investment banker and accountant, respectively.


US ECOLOGY: S&P Affirms 'BB-' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Neg.
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed all of its ratings on US Ecology Inc.,
including its 'BB-' issuer credit rating.

The negative outlook reflects the potential that S&P will lower the
ratings on US Ecology in the next few quarters if it is unable to
improve its S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt leverage below its
current level of about 5x.

US Ecology's operating results have been a bit weaker than S&P
previously expected, though it anticipates they will likely improve
in 2022.

The inflationary cost environment and weakness in the company's
Energy Waste segment negatively affected its operating results over
the past few quarters. Specifically, US Ecology's first-half 2021
EBITDA was about 10% lower year over year, primarily due to lower
events business and inflationary labor cost pressures. S&P said,
"Given our expectation for flat to slightly reduced EBITDA in 2021
relative to the previous year, we expect the company's S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA to be in the 4.5x-5.0x range
through the end of 2021, which is modestly weaker than we
previously expected. Still, we consider these credit measures to be
appropriate for the 'BB-' rating and in line with our expectation
for leverage in the 4x-5x range. We forecast US Ecology will
moderately improve its EBITDA and credit measures in 2022, which
reflects our expectation for a moderating cost environment,
increasing prices, and some recovery in its events business. We
also believe the company's earnings will benefit from the recent
strength in the oil and gas market, as well as its realization of
certain synergies from its November 2019 acquisition of NRC
Group."

S&P believes the company's financial policies will remain
supportive of its credit quality.

A key factor underpinning our rating on US Ecology is our belief
that management will prioritize using its free cash flow to
deleverage its balance sheet rather than for inorganic growth or
shareholder rewards. S&P bases this expectation, in part, on the
company's elevated focus on deleveraging following its acquisition
of NRC Group, along with its public longer-term leverage target of
2.0x-2.5x.

S&P expects the company to remain in compliance with its covenants
over the next year, albeit with a modest cushion.

In June 2021, US Ecology amended its credit facility to extend the
maturity date and provide it with additional flexibility under its
net leverage covenant (5.25x requirement as of June 2021). The
covenant steps down to 5.00x for the period ended September 2021
and tightens further in 2022. Despite this amendment, S&P expects
US Ecology's headroom under its covenant to be relatively tight,
with an EBITDA cushion of 15% or below, over the next few
quarters.

S&P said, "The negative outlook on US Ecology reflects our belief
that its debt leverage will remain elevated but in line with our
expectations for the rating through the end of 2021 before
improving in 2022. Specifically, we expect the company's debt to
EBITDA to be in the 4.5x-5.0x range through the end of 2021.
Additionally, while we expect US Ecology to remain in compliance
with its covenants, its EBITDA headroom is a bit tighter than what
we typically see at companies we rate 'BB-'.

"We could lower our ratings on US Ecology in the next few quarters
if a sustained decline in its business prospects causes its debt
leverage to deteriorate and remain about 5x on a sustained basis.
This could occur if the company's EBITDA margins fall by about 300
basis points (bps) relative to our base-case assumption and it
reports modestly weaker-than-expected revenue growth. We could also
consider lowering our rating if we believe US Ecology's EBITDA
cushion under its net leverage covenant or its liquidity position
have declined materially.

"We could revise our outlook on US Ecology to stable in the next
few quarters if its overall level of business activity begins to
stabilize such that it sustains leverage of less than 5x for
several quarters. This could occur if the company meets our
base-case expectations, which include moderate revenue growth and
improving EBITDA in 2022. If this occurs, we also believe it would
improve the US Ecology's covenant cushion despite the scheduled
step downs starting in 2022."



VERDANT HOLDINGS: Seeks Approval to Hire Gift CPAs as Accountant
----------------------------------------------------------------
Verdant Holdings, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Middle District of Pennsylvania to employ Gift, CPAs to
prepare its financial reports and provide other accounting
services.

Gift will charge a flat fee of $200 per month for its accounting
services.

James Schuck, a certified public accountant and the accounting
manager at Gift CPAs, disclosed in a court filing that the firm is
a "disinterested person" as defined in Section 101(14) of the
Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:
     
     James A. Schuck, CPA
     Gift CPAs
     1205 Manor Drive
     Mechanicsburg, PA 17055
     Telephone: (717) 766-3555
     
                       About Verdant Holdings

Carlisle, Pa.-based Verdant Holdings, LLC filed its voluntary
petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. M.D. Penn, Case No.
21-01938) on Sept. 2, 2021, disclosing up to $50 million in assets
and up to $10 million in liabilities. David Goldsmith, managing
director, signed the petition.

Judge Henry W. Van Eck oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Cunningham, Chernicoff & Warshawsky, PC as legal
counsel and Chemel Kornick & Mooney, LLC and Gift CPAs as
accountants.


W&T OFFSHORE: Hurricane Ida Impacted Q3 Production
--------------------------------------------------
W&T Offshore, Inc. provided an operational update and announced the
timing of its third quarter 2021 earnings release and conference
call.

Operations Update

Relative to previously reported production for the second quarter
of 2021, approximately 80% of the Company's production was shut-in
at one point as a result of Hurricane Ida.  The majority of the
impacted production was brought back online throughout September.
As a result of this downtime, based on preliminary estimates, net
production for the third quarter is expected to average between
34,200 and 35,100 barrels of oil equivalent per day ("Boe/d") (34%
oil, 11% natural gas liquids, and 55% natural gas).  Production for
the fourth quarter is expected to average between 34,800 and 38,500
Boe/d (33% oil, 11% natural gas liquids, and 56% natural gas),
which assumes the Big Bend and Dantzler wells are returned to
production by the end of October as expected.  The remaining
hurricane-impacted production is expected to be online by the end
of 2021.  Through Oct. 16, 2021, W&T estimates that it has averaged
approximately 35,900 Boe/d net for the month of October.  Unplanned
costs for minor repairs and restoring production, as well as
evacuating employees and contractors, were incurred as a result of
the hurricane.  Due to these costs, less than anticipated Office of
Natural Resources Revenue ("ONRR") credits, and slight increases to
components of base lease operating expense ("LOE"), guidance for
LOE is now expected to be between $174 and $180 million for 2021.

Hurricane season in the Gulf of Mexico typically lasts until the
end of November and the commentary above does not contemplate any
potential impact for further storm activity in the fourth quarter
of 2021.

Tracy W. Krohn, W&T's chairman and chief executive officer,
commented, "Regarding Hurricane Ida, our assets and infrastructure
did not suffer significant damage during the hurricane.  However,
this storm required a meaningful amount of production to be shut-in
and thus deferred by ourselves and our non-operated working
interest owners due to third party issues associated with
platforms, pipelines, refineries, and other onshore infrastructure.
Accordingly, we are adjusting our third quarter production guidance
today to reflect the impact of Hurricane Ida.  It's important to
remember that shutting in production in advance of storms is a
critical safety practice offshore operators undertake to keep
employees and contractors safe and to minimize the potential for
environmental incidents.  While most of the Company's impacted
production has been restored, we estimate that the storm resulted
in a temporary reduction of approximately 5,500 Boe/d net
production to W&T for the third quarter.  Our expectation is that
the vast majority of the remaining shut-in production will be
returned online by year end.  We have proven for nearly 40 years
that we know how to operate safely and profitably in the Gulf of
Mexico despite these severe weather events.  We will continue to
focus on generating strong cash flow, operating efficiently, and
creating value for W&T shareholders."

Third Quarter Earnings Release and Conference Call

The Company is scheduled to issue its third quarter of 2021
earnings release on Tuesday, Nov. 2, 2021, after the close of
trading.  A conference call to discuss financial and operational
results is scheduled for Wednesday, Nov. 3, 2021 at 9:00 a.m.
Central Time (10:00 a.m. Eastern Time).

Interested parties may listen to the call via webcast at the
Company's website at www.wtoffshore.com under "Investors."
Alternatively, the call may be accessed by dialing 844-739-3797 for
domestic parties and 1-412-317-5713 for international parties;
phone participants are advised to call in 10 minutes in advance of
the call start time and request to be joined to the "W&T Offshore,
Inc. Conference Call."  An audio replay will be available on the
Company's website following the call.

                        About W&T Offshore

W&T Offshore, Inc. -- http://www.wtoffshore.com-- is an
independent oil and natural gas producer with operations offshore
in the Gulf of Mexico and has grown through acquisitions,
exploration and development.  The Company currently has working
interests in 41 producing fields in federal and state waters and
has under lease approximately 622,000 gross acres, including
approximately 435,000 gross acres on the Gulf of Mexico Shelf and
approximately 187,000 gross acres in the Gulf of Mexico deepwater.
A majority of the Company's daily production is derived from wells
it operates.

                             *   *   *

In May 2021, S&P Global Ratings affirmed the 'CCC+' issuer credit
rating on Houston-based W&T Offshore Inc.

As reported by the TCR on April 19, 2021, Moody's Investors Service
upgraded W&T Offshore, Inc.'s Corporate Family Rating to Caa1 from
Caa2, Probability of Default Rating to Caa1-PD from Caa2-PD and
senior secured second lien notes rating to Caa2 from Caa3.  The
outlook was changed to stable from negative. "The upgrade of W&T
Offshore's ratings reflects higher commodity prices that support
continued positive free cash flow in 2021," said Jonathan Teitel, a
Moody's analyst.


[*] Bankruptcy Lawyers Foresee Rise in Bankruptcy Filings in 2022
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Adam Pinsker of WFYI reports that according to an
Indianapolis-based lawyer, the COVID-19 pandemic along with the
expiration of the eviction moratorium is expected to fuel a rise in
bankruptcy filings at the beginning of 2022.

After the eviction moratorium ended over the summer the Consumer
Financial Protection Bureau put new rules into place to curb
foreclosure.

"What the mortgage company cannot do under the new rules is they
cannot foreclose unless the borrower has been behind for over 120
days," said Indianapolis bankruptcy attorney Mark Zuckerberg.

But unless those rules are extended beyond the new year, Zuckerberg
said he is expecting a flood of bankruptcy cases not seen since the
housing crisis a decade ago.

People generally file for Chapter 7 or 13 after suffering a
significant event that hurts their finances.

"It's either divorce, loss of job, medical bills for death of a
family member, and they just can't handle the burden of debt that
they're under," he said.

A person qualifying for Chapter 13 will be required to pay back
what they owe over a three-to-five-year period.

"The bankruptcy code sets forth how the money is going to be passed
out. It's called the priority system," said Zuckerberg.

Chapter 7 releases the debtor from paying unsecured debts, such as
credit card and medical bills, but you may be required to
relinquish some luxury items.

"If you owe $100,000 on a house and you haven't paid on it for two
years, because of COVID. You can't file bankruptcy and keep your
house," he said.

If you file for Chapter 7 bankruptcy, it will stay on your credit
report for 10 years; Chapter 13 will remain on your credit report
for seven years.


[*] Sen. Warren Floats Creditors' Expanded Powers vs. PEs
---------------------------------------------------------
Alexander Saeedy of The Wall Street Journal reports that Sen.
Elizabeth Warren (D., Mass.) has proposed a new measure that would
empower creditors in chapter 11 cases to pursue allegations of
self-dealing by private-equity owners, rights that currently lie
with corporate directors selected by those investment firms.

The senator introduced a revised version of her Stop Wall Street
Looting Act on Wednesday, October 19, 2021, modifying a
two-year-old proposal to rein in the private-equity industry and
including fresh provisions targeting perceived abuses of the
chapter 11 system by investment firms

In the bill's new form, creditors' committees in bankruptcy cases
would have the exclusive right to pursue company insiders who have
stripped assets, siphoned value or otherwise elevated their
interests over those of lenders, suppliers and employees.

As the bankruptcy code currently stands, corporate boards
themselves have those rights, often delegated to an independent
director of their choosing. These independent directors can carry
significant weight with bankruptcy courts, which tend to defer to
their findings that a particular transaction was fair or not.

But some researchers allege that independent directors have an
inherent conflict of interest, as they are typically appointed by
the shareholders responsible for the potential misconduct at
issue.

Creditors pay the price for this structural bias, according to
legal researchers who examined 770 large chapter 11 filings between
2004 and 2019 and found that independent directors sometimes
stifled investigations, rejected potential legal claims and rushed
negotiations with private-equity firms.

Under Sen. Warren's bill, independent directors "won't be able to
just tidy-up claims against insiders," said an author of that
study, Jared Ellias, a professor at the University of California
Hastings College of Law.

The new legislation would also give creditors the right to compel
directors and officers of a bankrupt business to sit for an
examination, subject to a judge's approval, for potential conflicts
of interest. Sen. Warren also proposed other changes to chapter 11,
such as lengthening the statute of limitations to eight years from
two years on unwinding transactions that defraud creditors.

Sen. Warren first introduced the Stop Wall Street Looting Act in
2019. It will likely face another uphill battle to win over
Republicans and moderate Democrats before it can pass out of
committee.

The bill comes at a time when chapter 11 is under scrutiny on
Capitol Hill.  The House recently completed hearings investigating
abuses of Chapter 11 by corporate insiders.  Members of Congress
from both parties have proposed changing bankruptcy-venue rules so
that companies can only file for chapter 11 in places where their
headquarters or principal assets are located.


[*] SVPGlobal Expands Special Situations Investments Team
---------------------------------------------------------
SVPGlobal, a global investment firm focused on distressed debt,
special situations and private equity opportunities, with more than
$18 billion in assets under management, on Oct. 7 announced a
number of steps it has taken to expand its Real Estate team and
capture real estate investment opportunities across the U.S. and
Europe.

SVPGlobal appointed Sujan Patel as Head of Real Estate in late
2020. Previously, Mr. Patel served as Managing Director and Co-Head
of U.S. Investment Management at Colony Capital Inc., now named
DigitalBridge Group, Inc., having cut his teeth in the business at
the NorthStar companies, where he served as Managing Director and
Co-Head of Investments, working at the firm from 2007.  SVPGlobal
has now named Anders Hemmingsen and Joseph Pontrello as Managing
Directors in London and Greenwich, respectively. Mr. Hemmingsen and
Mr. Pontrello will play critical roles in sourcing, evaluating, and
executing investment opportunities for SVPGlobal's rapidly growing
Real Estate platform, as well as offering support and insights to
the firm's existing investments. These appointments bring
SVPGlobal's Real Estate team to seven members, with plans for
further growth in the near term.

Victor Khosla, SVPGlobal's Founder and Chief Investment Officer,
said, "The current break in the real estate market is presenting
SVPGlobal with compelling investment opportunities. The sector
experience provided by Sujan, Anders, Joseph, and the rest of our
Real Estate team will accelerate our pursuit of these opportunities
during this pivotal period. As this team continues to expand, we
are well positioned to take advantage of the current market."

In addition to the appointments of Messrs. Hemmingsen and
Pontrello, SVPGlobal recently hired Dan Raffe as Managing Director
on the North America Investment Team focusing on managing real
estate assets. The firm also named Jeff Johnson to its Advisory
Council to assist the real estate franchise in North America.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, SVPGlobal has deployed approximately
$1.6 billion into distressed real estate opportunities. Most
notably, SVPGlobal is leading Washington Prime Group's successful
Chapter 11 reorganization, which was approved by the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court on September 3, 2021. As WPG's largest creditor,
SVPGlobal led a $100 million DIP financing facility to support
WPG's day-to-day operations and is backstopping a $325 million
equity rights offering. As a result of the restructuring, WPG's
balance sheet will be de-levered by nearly $1 billion through a
debt equitization that will result in SVPGlobal controlling the
company.

Additional information on Messrs. Hemmingsen, Pontrello, Raffe and
Johnson follows below:

Anders Hemmingsen, Managing Director. Mr. Hemmingsen joins
SVPGlobal from Deutsche Bank where he served as head of CRE Special
Situations Europe, a team focused on commercial real estate and
distressed debt. At Deutsche Bank, he led the acquisition of
several billion Euros of non-performing loans in the CRE space.
Prior to Deutsche Bank, Mr. Hemmingsen held various positions at
HSBC in both Canada and London in real estate finance and
investment banking.

Joseph Pontrello, Managing Director. Mr. Pontrello joins SVPGlobal
from Fortress Investment Group where he held various roles, most
recently serving as Managing Director in the Real Estate and Credit
Funds. During this time, he contributed to the sourcing, execution,
and realization of several billion dollars in complex opportunistic
debt and equity transactions across various commercial real estate
and related asset classes. Mr. Pontrello began his career at Credit
Suisse as an investment banking associate where he rotated through
the leverage finance and financial institutions groups.

Dan Raffe, Managing Director and Senior Operating Partner, Real
Estate. Prior to joining SVPGlobal, Mr. Raffe was Global Head of
Portfolio/Asset Management at Colony NorthStar, where he assisted
in growing the company to over $20 billion in real estate assets
under management and was responsible for Portfolio/Asset Management
throughout the U.S. and Europe. Prior to Colony Northstar, Mr.
Raffe served as Managing Director of the Financial Consulting Group
at Cushman & Wakefield, Vice President of Structured Finance and
Equity Investments at GE Business Property, and a Senior Vice
President at USBX.

Jeff Johnson, Advisory Council, Member. Mr. Johnson has more than
24 years of experience in the real estate investment arena and has
held various executive positions during his time in the industry.
He was the Managing Partner for Lakeshore Holdings, LLC, a real
estate private equity firm and CEO of Black Creek Diversified
Property Fund, the largest public NAV REIT in the United States.
Mr. Johnson also served as Chief Investment Officer and Chairman of
the Investment Committee at Equity Office Properties Trust and its
predecessors from 1990 to 1999 and from 2003 until EOP was acquired
in 2007 by Blackstone Group for $39 billion. From 2000 to 2003, he
was a founding Partner, Managing Director and Co-Head of U.S.
Investments for Lehman Brothers' first global real estate private
equity fund.

                         About SVPGlobal

Strategic Value Partners, LLC -- http://www.svpglobal.com/-- and
its affiliates ("SVPGlobal") is a global investment firm focused on
distressed debt, special situations and private equity
opportunities, with more than $18 billion in assets under
management. The firm, established by Victor Khosla in 2001, has
approximately 130 employees, including approximately 50 investment
professionals, across its main offices in Greenwich (CT), London
and Tokyo. It was among the earliest U.S. distressed firms to
establish a European presence, opening in London in 2004. In total,
SVPGlobal has invested more than $36 billion of capital since its
inception in 2001, including $16 billion in Europe, and led over
150 significant transactions. SVPGlobal is a signatory of the
United Nations supported Principles for Responsible Investment
(PRI). The PRI is recognized as the leading global network for
investors committed to integrating environmental, social and
governance (ESG) considerations into their investment decision
making.


[] Judge David Campbell to Receive American Inns of Court Award
---------------------------------------------------------------
Judge David Campbell has been selected to receive the prestigious
2021 American Inns of Court Lewis F. Powell Jr. Award for
Professionalism and Ethics, which recognizes attorneys, judges,
government officials, journalists, or others who have rendered
exemplary service in the areas of professionalism, ethics,
civility, and excellence. Judge Campbell will receive the award at
the annual Celebration of Excellence held at the Supreme Court of
the United States on April 2, 2022, which has been postponed due to
the pandemic.

Nominated by President George W. Bush in 2003, Campbell is a judge
for the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona and assumed
senior status in 2018. "He has earned a reputation as an
indefatigable trial judge, running a doggedly organized and
efficient courtroom," says Jeffrey P. Minear, Esquire, counselor to
Chief Justice John G. Roberts Jr., who wrote in support of
Campbell's nomination. "And he is an invaluable contributor to
judicial administration . . ."

When COVID-19 struck, Judge Campbell was tasked with drafting and
shepherding crucial measures through the legislative process,
allowing the federal courts to continue essential operations
despite the pandemic. From 2015–2019, Judge Campbell chaired the
Judicial Conference of the United States Committee on Rules of
Practice and Procedure, which oversees the work of five advisory
committees focused on civil, criminal, bankruptcy, appellate, and
evidence rules at the federal level. From 2011–2015, he chaired
the Judicial Conference of the United States Advisory Committee on
Civil Rules, which drafted significant changes to rules that affect
both federal courts and many state courts.

Serving as an ambassador of the American judicial system,
Judge Campbell has provided guidance to judiciaries in Botswana,
Namibia, and South Africa. More recently, he has consulted with the
judiciaries of Sri Lanka and Turkey on judicial procedures and case
management. Chief Justice John G. Roberts Jr. recently appointed
Campbell to the Judicial Conference Committee on International
Judicial Relations.

Judge Campbell has also served as president of the Sandra Day
O'Connor American Inn of Court in Arizona.

Previously, Judge Campbell was a law clerk to Justice William H.
Rehnquist of the Supreme Court of the United States and to Judge J.
Clifford Wallace of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth
Circuit. He also served in private practice. Judge Campbell earned
his undergraduate degree from the University of Utah in 1976 and
his law degree from the University of Utah College of Law -- now
the S.J. Quinney College of Law -- in 1979.

The American Inns of Court, in Alexandria, Virginia, inspires the
legal community to advance the rule of law by achieving the highest
level of professionalism through example, education, and mentoring.
The organization's membership includes nearly 30,000 federal,
state, and local judges; lawyers; law professors; and law students
in nearly 370 chapters nationwide. More information is available at
http://www.innsofcourt.org/


[] Stretto's Sarah Frankel Bags ABI 2021 40 Under 40 Award
----------------------------------------------------------
The American Bankruptcy Institute (ABI) has selected Sarah Frankel
of Stretto as a 2021 "40 Under 40" recipient. ABI's 40 Under 40
program recognizes emerging leaders in the insolvency profession
who are committed to the highest standards of achievement both at
work and in their communities.   

"The 2021 honorees are a testament to the future of the insolvency
profession, with exemplary accomplishments in both their careers
and communities," said ABI Executive Director Amy Quackenboss. "We
look forward to this diverse collection of young leaders propelling
ABI's full range of activities forward to advance the profession."

Ms. Frankel's career spans a variety of entrepreneurial and
leadership positions where she has built and leveraged her industry
knowledge and relationships. At Stretto, she leads the business
development function of the company's corporate restructuring
services division, which, under her leadership, quickly became the
market leader among claims and noticing firms. Prior to her role at
Stretto, Ms. Frankel founded and sold the525group, a
first-of-its-kind recruiting firm that focused exclusively on
professionals in the restructuring space. In her spare time, Ms.
Frankel volunteers with the Girl Scouts of America where she
provides business development training and support to help girl
scouts achieve their sales goals during cookie season.

"I'm honored and humbled to be selected for ABI's 40 Under 40 and
included among some of the industry's most talented and successful
professionals -- a group that I admire very much," Ms. Frankel
comments. "I look forward to a continued journey in this wonderful
industry of ours and working together with the ABI community for
many years to come."

ABI selected "40 Under 40" honorees from the full spectrum of its
membership, which includes both large and small firms from every
region of the country as well as diverse practice areas such as
law, finance, consulting, academia, government and more. The goal
of ABI's "40 Under 40" initiative is to fully engage those selected
as future leaders in the insolvency profession and to build on the
initiative each year. ABI will recognize the honorees at a special
ceremony during their 2021 Winter Leadership Conference, taking
place December 9-11, 2021, at the Terranea Resort in Rancho Palos
Verdes, Calif. For more information about ABI's "40 Under 40"
initiative, visit http://abi40under40.org

                       About Stretto

Stretto -- http://www.stretto.com-- delivers a full spectrum of
case-management services, depository solutions, and technology
tools to fiduciaries. Offering a comprehensive suite of
corporate-restructuring and consumer-bankruptcy capabilities along
with multi-faceted deposit and disbursement services, Stretto
provides an unparalleled portfolio of solutions under the executive
leadership of industry veterans Eric Kurtzman and Jonathan Carson.
Sitting at the center of the bankruptcy ecosystem, Stretto
leverages deep-industry expertise and market insights to facilitate
every aspect of case and cash management for its
corporate-restructuring and consumer-bankruptcy clients, as well as
fiduciaries and other industry professionals. "Stretto" is a
musical term indicating when one voice picks up where another
leaves off, and, as our name implies, Stretto seamlessly integrates
streamlined workflows and best-in-class technology to orchestrate
the case-management process and create harmony for professionals
and their teams.

                           About ABI

ABI -- http://www.abi.org/-- is the largest multi-disciplinary,
nonpartisan organization dedicated to research and education on
matters related to insolvency. ABI was founded in 1982 to provide
Congress and the public with unbiased analysis of bankruptcy
issues. The ABI membership includes nearly 11,000 attorneys,
accountants, bankers, judges, professors, lenders, turnaround
specialists and other bankruptcy professionals, providing a forum
for the exchange of ideas and information.


[^] BOOK REVIEW: Saga of America's Most Powerful Real Estate Baron
------------------------------------------------------------------
Trump: The Saga of America's Most Powerful Real Estate Baron
Author: Jerome Tuccille
Publisher:  Beard Books
Hardcover:  262 pages
List Price: US$34.95

This book is the remarkable unfinished saga of an extraordinary
American.  When this book was first published in 1985, Donald J.
Trump was scarcely into his fourth decade.  He had made the leap
from local New York City boy who had made good to a national and
even world-prominent figure.

It all started some 10 years earlier when Trump gambled that New
York City would rebound from its financial morass.  People laughed
and scoffed at the time, but he was right, and he has profited
mightily from his faith and vision.

This is compelling reading about the inside machinations of his
glamorous world.

Jerome Joseph Tuccille, known as Jerry, was an award-winning,
best-selling author of more than 30 books covering a wide range of
topics.  He has also written books under the pseudonyms Paul Marano
and Jack Daniels.  He was a vice president of T. Rowe Price
Investment Services, and he has worked in the investment area as a
broker and supervisory analyst since 1975.  From 1971 to 1973, he
taught at the New School for Social Research in New York City, and
in 1974 he was the Free Libertarian candidate for Governor of New
York.  He was born on May 30, 1937, in the Bronx.  He died on
February 16, 2017.


                            *********

Monday's edition of the TCR delivers a list of indicative prices
for bond issues that reportedly trade well below par.  Prices are
obtained by TCR editors from a variety of outside sources during
the prior week we think are reliable.  Those sources may not,
however, be complete or accurate.  The Monday Bond Pricing table
is compiled on the Friday prior to publication.  Prices reported
are not intended to reflect actual trades.  Prices for actual
trades are probably different.  Our objective is to share
information, not make markets in publicly traded securities.
Nothing in the TCR constitutes an offer or solicitation to buy or
sell any security of any kind.  It is likely that some entity
affiliated with a TCR editor holds some position in the issuers
public debt and equity securities about which we report.

Each Tuesday edition of the TCR contains a list of companies with
insolvent balance sheets whose shares trade higher than $3 per
share in public markets.  At first glance, this list may look like
the definitive compilation of stocks that are ideal to sell short.
Don't be fooled.  Assets, for example, reported at historical cost
net of depreciation may understate the true value of a firm's
assets.  A company may establish reserves on its balance sheet for
liabilities that may never materialize.  The prices at which
equity securities trade in public market are determined by more
than a balance sheet solvency test.

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Washington, D.C., USA.
Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante, Rousel Elaine
Tumanda, Valerie Udtuhan, Howard C. Tolentino, Carmel Paderog,
Meriam Fernandez, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Cecil R. Villacampa,
Sheryl Joy P. Olano, Psyche A. Castillon, Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo
Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2021.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The TCR subscription rate is $975 for 6 months delivered via
e-mail.  Additional e-mail subscriptions for members of the same
firm for the term of the initial subscription or balance thereof
are $25 each.  For subscription information, contact Peter A.
Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***